1670 to 1679 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1670 to 1679.

1670
'''An unknown ship assails both French and Spanish shipping seizing the goods and sometimes even capturing ships. Reports are that this ship flies the Britannian Flag. However, similar reports of a Ship flying the Spanish flag near Britannian shipping cuasing issues is also brought to the attention of the three nations.'''

Japan’s economy begins to show signs of economic strain for its recent conquests having a rather hard time trying to make its conquests economically justifiable (half econ score in all wars for 5 years)

Diamonds are discovered by Spanish settlers in the gravel deposits at the mouth of the Orange river.


 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 45th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Sultan Sulimen V declares war on the Yemenite Sultanate. To celebrate the Demak Sultanate joining the UIN, Sultan Sulimen V marries Princes Maahnoor. Prince Sulimen VI is now 20. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman works on increasing relations with the Damascan proper to merge into the empire once again. Karaman expands military. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new vassal joins the Damascan Sultanate. They fear the growing power of the Roman Empire, with Damascus now requesting an NAP they feel safer in a sense. Diyabakir expands its infrastructure. With the total victory by Damascan forces, the vassal begins to merge into the Damascan proper.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 60-65 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
 * Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
 * Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. To pay back to Nubia for their generosity we send militaristic support to Nubia in any future endeavors they wish to proceed in. We give them guns and the advanced technology to build old Dutch modeled ships, as well as advanced flintlock rifles. We expand our military. We allow access for Nubia to use the Philadelphi Canal, until Rome permits them grant, they will have to fly a Damascan flag on their vessels. Ships are constructed.
 * Damascan-Roman Diplomacy: We request an NAP with the Roman Empire.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Urraca de Távora gives birth to a boy, who is named Nuno.
 * Manchu Empire (Dynastic Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son in law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Japanese Diplomacy: Due to the recent death of Emperor Yokohama II, Horiyōshi Yokohama III has to return to Japan and rule both thrones from there. Are you okay with this?
 * yes yeah RexImperio (talk) 16:29, October 29, 2014 (UTC)
 * Empire of Japan (Dynastic Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. She emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff. The colony expands by 20 px.
 * Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate,creating a dynastic rule. With the Sultan's 40th birthday, the royal admiral commissions the construction of 20 war ships, one to commemorate each year of his majesties rule. Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our miltary, bringing it to 160,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Sultan Asad Khan Lari appoints a young aristocrat by the name of Ahkeen Farooqui as Wāli of Multan and her surrounding lands. His first order of business is to recruit one male from each family into the military. He then highers the best architects to start constructing mosques. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued with Urdustan.
 * Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Suri/Damascan Dip: We ask for enough pixels to open a port in the Red Sea.
 * Ethiopia: Signs an alliance with Dacia because of his protection of our Empire and its religion. We enlist another 200 people into our army, for a total of 1800. We conquer tribes down to 5 miles south. We invest in farmers, and attempt to establish better trade relations with Somalia.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1670, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 40, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In political news, Leopold II once more commissions the creation of new flags for Bavaria and newly acquired realms. Several new flags and standards are finished and presented to the King at Trausnitz in November. One standard catches the eye of the King. It features the lozenge blue and white flag of Bavaria, overlaid by a gold and royal purple cross. In each corner of this standard are the coats of arms of all Bavarian realms, including Bavaria, Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania, Swabia, Greater Saxony, Lübeck, and Salzburg. The standard was created by artist Jonas Feurster. A few flags whetted Leopold's interest as well. Two in particular, made by seamstress Maude Ulrika Gottenlieb, pique the King's interest. One is a simple tricolour, with Bavarian blue, white, and Austrian red stacked upon each other horizontally. The second flag features much the same, except the standard of Landshut is sewn into the center of the flag. Leopold loves Gottenlieb's flags, and proclaims them to be magnificent representations of the new Bavarian nation and identity. He makes a royal proclamation on December 14, officially naming Gottenlieb's first work as the primary national flag. All older, local flags and standards will be kept, but Gottenlieb's simplistic, yet appealing works will be the primary. Cycle through the slideshow to see all of the flags.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 40, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 41, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 30, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669).
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * The Cherokee Nation: A powerful merchant by the name of Degataga successfully pulls off a coup in the Ani'yunwi'ya Kingdom. Degataga declares himself King of the new Ani'yunwi'ya Cherokee Nation (Cherokee Nation for short guys, it's how I will refer to it). King Degataga and his allies go about stomping out his enemies, and slowly support for the old King disappears as the old royal family and their main supporters are captured and executed. However, King Degatga's purge isn't perfect and some of the old King's supporters manage to partner up on the outskirts of the nation and begin amassing troops for an armed revolt against the new King Degatga.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Cities' major infrastructures continue to be developed, and roads and canals are built to outlying areas for better access to sugar and cotton farms. Missions continue to be built around the territory, making some progress in converting Muslims and animists alike, but the governor Alphonse Equle tries to assure mildness and liberalism in the missionaries in his territory to insure that the locals do not harass them too much. French ships make use of newly built ports, and countless dollars worth of slaves, cotton and sugar leave with them. This year they also left with 300 less Frenchmen who decided to settle in the city.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
 * Wu China: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East) We begin an extensive military campaign to crush the Persian rebellion. With it being a new decade, the Sultan takes an interest in colonizing what is left in Eastern Africa and thus we send explorers to explore the area. Our particuluar interest is an island named Zanzibar, as that is also a Muslim nation. We also explore the surrounding area. 
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen.
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Our roads are starting to make a good return and our long time investment into hightening our trade is proving good for Ayutthaya. Roads to the south have increased our local relations with the Malay living in the region. We increase our construction of our navy and we develop a backup navy if our first one fails to protect Nicobar.
 * Lanna: Joining Lanna back up with Ayutthaya has been postponed and we see the need to maintain a good income and relation with the region. We will eventually be re-joining the region however.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: We are happy to announce the completion of the Ayutthayan Nicobaran Fort. It is now active and we are doing lots of training on the region. We are also increasing our relationship with the natives whose population continues to grow rapidly. We also continue developing schools and multi-story buildings to accomodate the quickly growing population, which has now reached 163,000 people.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Our military continues to draft people so we can train more troops into the army. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn seven out of 20) Due to popular demand we change the nation's name back to Bohemia.
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Mongol Khanate: Tumbinai Khan dies after ruling the khanate for over 15 years, he is suceeded by Caikhatu Khan. More horses and troops are trained.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.


 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,000,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.Cava hits the age of 57, with her son, Huascar (32), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother,Maitia (24), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (17)
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,000,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 850,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 50,000.
 * Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5 px)


 * ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian - one of the most dominant in Southern Italy - have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men.
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca:   The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.2 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 75,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in Madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
 * Greater Cochin:  The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to  begin the major trade route.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ahsinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The completion of several ships brings the fleet to around 20 ships. Nehilaw fishermen settle on the far north coast of Borealia, forming a settlement called Igulik. Native Inuit arrive to trade at the settlement, which expands 200 km. The Tsicha-making consortium is formed, and royalties begin to pour in. Meanwhile, the government, seeing the success of marginal and subnational authorites buying ships on the black market, sets about doing so itself. Several old but functional ships are purchased this year.
 * Chippewa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
 * Mackinac: The military improves.
 * Odawa: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves.
 * Nipissing: The military improves.
 * Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 47, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. The plans for the breech loading system are sent away for safe storage, while several Boyars follow their Consul’s example. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a woman of 21 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 20, studies at he Galati university. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instated Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,510,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * County of Oldenburg: Two of the three new sloops-of-war are completed, and both sail to Neu Norderney as convoy ships to protect the OHG's whaling fleet. Neu Norderney expands 200km down the coast.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Infrastructure is improved, the Buhnefest attracts record numbers.
 * Imperium of Heaven: The military is increased to 113,000 men as the Seventh and Eight Legions are founded, with the Third and Fifth Legions continuing the campaign in Mongolia. Guerrilla movements are nonexistant, with many welcoming the conquerers with open arms, desperate to end the countless years of internal strife. Massive economic reforms continue.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. The construction of schools and universities several years ago has led to an increase in scholars and literacy in our nation. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. Due to the current drought, there is a drastic decrease in the crop turnout in India, leading to the potential for a famine. Irrigation is attempted, but as so far, it has little success in the several regions of Middle India that are hardpressed to find major rivers.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples is minimal, waiting for a stabilization of the economy. In light of this, the Urdustani Tanki is implemented as the new currency of the Tibetan region. Training of levies by Urdustani advisors continues.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, several of the ruling nobility begin to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to recind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them. After having been provided Urdustani financial loans and levies for almost a century, Ahmed Shah Bahmani III begins to call on the rebellious and belligerent nobility to rescind their actions, or risk destabilizing Jaunpur at the point of its restabilization.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی,Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics, but not by an increase of Urdustani nobility, but rather through simple advisors, which means that NOT all of the Sindh soldiers will be up to the caliber of Urdustani soldiers.
 * Kiatagmiut_1670.png Kiatagmiut Band has mostly recovered from last year's devastating cold-spell, but the High Shaman, who has continued to indirectly pursue the study of genetics, has taken interest in the increase in hairiness of the luussitars during and after cold spells. He also comments on the ability of wild reindeer and moose to surge in population more than the domesticated ones in times of extreme cold. This is attributed to the massive advantage the reindeer have over other competitors in nature that doesn't shine through as brightly with captive animals. Taktuq urges all people to work extremely hard this year to restock the supplies in case of another devastating year like last one. This leads to him creating an incentivism program, in which those who produce the most will reap the most of the benefits in times of need. The Amellrutaq gladly accepts Taktuq's idea, but cautions the use of the rationing in times of plenty. Trade continues, and expeditions by qayaq continue to make huge inroads in the discovery and expansion of trade. We work this year to establish more permanent trade presences, at both Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’ in the Deg Xinag land and Agdaaĝux̂ in the Unangax̂ land. The rebound in theater and story telling continues, promoting the Cult of the Supreme Spirit.
 * The Pskovian New Veche continues to incorporate the new territories. electoral boundries are somewhat tweaked in order to maintain the 100 seats in the Veche. On January 1st the Pskovians officially change to the Gregorian callendar, begining the new year as a new age with the elevation of Elena to Suprme Duchess. This is symbolic of Pskov entering a new age of prosperity. Pskov, now controling much fo the ports the Russians are using, attempt to stop an exodus from Russian nations by convinving them that life will be better in Pskov since peace has come, and the fact that Pskov has been peaceful for 12 years now, and is maintaining order. It's that, or convince them to move to PIC territories instead. They achieve this with limited success, but as peace prospers, the economy does as well, and Pskovian merchants are quick to make use of the West Danzig loophole allowing them esentially free trade with the Bajanate of Croatia. Pskovian goods arrive in caravans to the Croatian capital, and begin their slow emergence into the market. This allows the GDP and average wages to grow. Pskov is now seen as the wealthiest and most important Russians state to the rest of Europe, given the other Russian States' relative ... backwardness and isolationsim. Pskov is the largest city inRrussia, and with this brings prestige. Pskovian soldiers continue to enforce order in the newly captured territories, and help the Lithuanians and are most active in Belarus. The belorussians are initially distrustful, but the Pskovians do nto alter their way of life in a large manner, other than asserting some new laws here and there. there is still much work to be done in reforming and centralizing Belorussia, but in any case, a currency sxchane need not be established in belorussia, as Poland was already officialy using the zolotnik system as its currency. The Polish soldiers from the lands are re-recruited into the newly formed Belorussian Military, modeled after the Pskovina military and working with it. The great march south was remarkably succesful in showing the benevolance and peacefulness of Pskovian forces, and other things and whatnots. Meanwhile, trade goes up which is good, and the Pskovian stock market experiences a remarkably good year, with more companies and ventures joining, and moving the economy. The Veche approves a refit program for the military, and the old Navy is being improved with new vessles. the Veche later hears pleas form the PIC representatives about their piracy problems, and begin to ponder the implications of such accusations. The PIC is given ten extra ships for a price, and the PIC shipyard in novoprussiysk begins working overtime to produce more warships.
 * ​In the Federal Republic of Eesti, the economy gains slightly, as new trade oprotunities open up and the nation has finally recuperated from both wars and the re-orgonization of territories The new Elections for the Federal Riigikogy go off and bring in a change of government. Still very pro-union, the Estonian government decides that economic gains are very important and Prioritize economic gains in zlatobrezhie. More money is invested there, and the GDP of Estonia grows, as well as wages, as the good fortunes of Pskov spill over across the border.
 * The Republic of Latvia works on its Military forces, fortifying the navy that it inherited from Prussia. After much negotiations, an agreement known as the Klaipeda accords split Prussia's navy between the created Republics, with the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig retaining 50% of the previous forces, while Latvia receives 20%, and Lithuania 25%, with estonia gaining the remaining 5% of naval forces. The Seimas of Latvia take advantage of new territories, and hold "by-elections" in the new districts, each electing their own representative to serve until the proper election period. The Military forces recieve a new uniform in the style of Pskov.
 * The Republic of Lithuania spends most of this turn working on its military forces in order to better control and incorporate the newly acquired territories from Poland. After recieving much international recognitino of heir claims, they begin using the new naval assets they gianed during the Klaipeda accords. The government sets up shop in vilnus, and begins repurposing the old palace into a hall for the Saema.
 * The United Republic of Prussia and Danzig works on its military, beginning to reconstruct its navy after having to give up half of it to the other nations, despite being the legal recognized successor to the Kindom of Prussia. The Military and economy have almost recovered from the war. The Bundestag passes legislation allowing another thing in their country
 * Belorussia: Continues to consolidate its territory had have people within its borders bow down to the new administration. The Knyaz Namestnik publishes a new tax code, and sends out soldiers to carry it out. he wants to show power, and in order to do so, he must be a good administrator, as well as be a strong leader. Some electoral boundries are drawn, and other things happen. The taxes are collected, and the people are having good times with this new system. in any case, he calls a council from all corners of the new nation, and begins fightning back any polish sympathizers, or those wanting to re-instate the kingdom. Those caught are given to PIC custody. law and order are begining to be slightly better, and some agricultural techniques from Pskov migrate south of the border, making farming more efficient, and the GDP rises just a tiny ammount, improving the economy just a tiny bit.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): continues to gather funds to try to purchase a city in China, and works on building its own inter-Asian trade network, An expedition is sent ot Japan in ordet to try to get a trade agreement, and begin trade at fair prices. Meanwhile, some Chinese states are approached as well. Through the Embassy, hte Pskov Imperial Company begins to ask for trade rights for opium from places. More people are brought to the colonies to cultivate sugar, spices, and make rum. Some move there of their own free will, wanting a newer life, some are sent there as a punishment. Meanwhile, stronger contingent and things are put on pirates, and a few fortresses are constructed in the islands to protect them from the pirates. Many large towns have recieved mortars on their beaches to protect them from possible pirate raids, and a small contingent of soldiers is now stationed in many islands permanently to maintain order and protection. The PIC begins a new settlement program.
 * The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the common folk too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov university and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, so as not to incite disorder.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The Migration Act in Borealia continues to bring rapid changes for the colonial spectrum of the New World, especially in the colonies of Strombek and Vinland. The populations of the colonies increase this year. Meanwhile, in Scandinavia, interest in science, especially in the biological fields, takes off as cell theory continues to sweep through Europe. This leads to more interest in education as a whole in larger cities. King Kristoffer II issues the Vetenskaplig imperium act, paving the way for a new era of education in Scandinavia. The economy is boosted heavily as income pours into the coffers of the Scandinavian Empire.
 * Helluland: The economy is established.
 * Iceland: The economy is improved.
 * Huronsmark: The economy is improved.
 * Karelia: The economy expands.
 * New Gotland: The economy expands.
 * Schleswig: The economy is expanded.
 * Sjösmark: The economy is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark.
 * Strombek: The economy is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
 * Vinland: The economy is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km

1671
'''As the learned communities in Pskov, Germany and Scandinavia continue to refine society’s view of the world around itself with various scientific discoveries, the most renowned become interested in collaboration of their work. The Societatis llustratio is founded by the Bavarian scientist Wolfgang Diefenbach. He invites thinkers from Scandinavia, Pskov, and Bavaria to meet once every four years to discuss society and scientific advancement. This meeting will be held in the Großzügig Tasse Tea House in Berlin.'''

You guys forgot about the Netherlands T. T. The Dutch have always been big on scientific and cultural development. Nk

Piracy in the New World continues with mountain attacks against undefended ships plaguing the nations unprepared for this new wave of organized and extremely effective piracy.

The Pirates in the New World having gained access to larger and much more powerful trade ships from Spain, France and Britannia from raids, make more audacious attempts at setting up hideouts with rumored hideouts as far down as Brazil and as far up as the Southern Half of Reme.

The first acceptable vintage wine from the New World arrives in Europe coming from New Granada, its considered on par with European wines and is much sought after.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. The government brushes off the speech by the ruler of Hesse, believing it to be hot air. Meanwhile, the merchant ships are further armed with swivel cannons in response to the growing piracy in the Imperial Sea.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Urraca de Távora gives birth to a boy, who is named Luís.
 * Manchu Empire (Dynastic Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son in law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan.. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate,creating a dynastic rule. After acquiring Port Hejaz, the Sultan uses half of the new fleet to transport 1,000 soldiers, citizens, and resources to help kick start the new town. Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 170,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium. If I don't have the climate for it here, I'll take it out). Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued with Urdustan.
 * Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: On the journey to their new home, the citizens elect Admiral Abduhl Achbaar as wāli. His first order of business is to build a larger port and fortify the town. Economy is expanded and we offer trade to Rome and Nubia.
 * Ethiopia: Military is increased to 2300 men. We've taken over another 10-15 miles of tribes, resulting in a very jagged border. Our emperor tones down the growth because the tribes began to fight back, and focuses on putting more money into our growing economy. Our trade with Dacian Somalia is going swimmingly. Most people have sizable portions of food to eat.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,000,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.Cava hits the age of 57, with her son, Huascar (32), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother,Maitia (24), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (17)
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,000,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 900,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 60,000.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. The Emperor, weakened due to sickness, appoints a small council to rule over major affairs in his current absence.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights. A grant is given by the Urdustani Emperor for the Swargadeo of Barphanivasa to establish an observatory in the Himalayas. Work begins immediately (Turn One of Five).
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی,Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Mang Hangut T'vkgn the First orders the navigator I'mlos'taga'in to continue settling the Ale'ut islands. A wave of settlers floods out of Nendaqo and founds small settlements in the islands chain, expanding as far as the great island that the locals call "Adaq". (Nation expands up the Aleutians as far as Adak island - this should be under 10,000 sq km which I THINK is my limit). A settlement is founded called "Adaqo", and  Buddhist missionaries are sent to convert the local Aleuts to the great Nivkh religion so that they may be fully integrated into Nivkh society. Some alterations are made from the similar program used on the Kamchatkan Koryaks, who are just now settling into the Nivkh way of life. It is decided that, for safety reasons, natives should only be served room-temperature pastries without molten filling until they are sufficiently civilized to appreciate the joys of the art form. Despite his success, T'vkgn is dejeted that his daughters have not found royal husbands and agrees to allow their marriages to prominent Nivkh noblemen.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand economy and military.
 * Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of th North lays ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settle down in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privileges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, Lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the soviergn though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current sovereign to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon. They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the house of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on Hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the Dutch flag.. Devaluation ends as profits and funds start trickling into the kingdom again. Cultural and scientific development starts to pick up again as the Kingdom recovers from the civil war.
 * ​Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the oppurtunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews as efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grows.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 14,000 white settlers and some 9000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of theGuiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Our military continues to draft people so we can train more troops into the army. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn Eight out of 20)
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. Finally, the linguistic reform begins with Pavle Vitezović creating the idea of diphthongs for the new Croatian Latin alphabet. However, some will also be similar to the Czech 'ć'. The linguistic reform finishes by the end of the year with the Croatian alphabet called Vitezica in honour of Pavle Vitezović. The alphabet is introduced throughout the Bajanate in effort to unify the Bajanate's people.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5 px)


 * ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca:   The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.2 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 75,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in Madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
 * Greater Cochin:  The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to  begin the major trade route.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Mongolia is on the brink of collapse as Imperial Legions lay siege to the capital.
 * New Hesse: Wilhelm VII von Hessen dies without an heir to lead the royal family and the country. It goes to his brother, Karl IV von Hessen. Karl IV establishes the family of 'von Neue Hessen' or 'from(of) New Hesse.' He renames himself Charles I, and renames the country as New Hesse. He quickly begins pushing for mass subsidies for the agricultural and industrial sectors, and begins mass conscription and mass training of the New Hessian Army. He writes a speech, "Unser großes Land ist gefallen von seinem einmal Schlüsselposition in der deutschen Politik . Die Hamburger und Österreicher jetzt erben unser Land unserer Brüder in Frankfurt und Nassau. Ich fordere Westfalen wieder zu vereinen Festlegung der habsburgischen Feinden zu nehmen! Für Hessen ! Für Westfalen ! Nieder mit den Habsburgern ! Westfalen, vereinigt euch!." (Our great country has fallen from it's once key position in German politics. The Hamburgers and Austrians now inherit our lands of our brothers in Frankfurt and Nassau. I am calling for Westphalia to reunite to take down the Habsburgian foes! For Hesse! For Westphalia! Down with the Habsburgs! Westphalia, unite!) The speech results in cheers from everyone in the audience, and Charles I then goes back to his palace in Silberberg.
 * The Grand Croatian Bajanate offers to recreate the good relations Croatia and Hesse had before through a trade agreement and an alliance.
 * Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ahsinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The completion of several ships brings the fleet to around 20 ships. Nehilaw fishermen settle on the far north coast of Borealia, forming a settlement called Igulik. Native Inuit arrive to trade at the settlement, which expands 200 km. The Tsicha-making consortium is formed, and royalties begin to pour in. Meanwhile, the government, seeing the success of marginal and subnational authorites buying ships on the black market, sets about doing so itself. Several old but functional ships are purchased this year.
 * Chippewa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
 * Mackinac: The military improves.
 * Odawa: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves.
 * Nipissing: The military improves.
 * County of Oldenburg: The Regency Council has an extraordinary meeting to discuss the possible implications of the current spike in Borealian piracy. It is decided that three more ships will be transferred to the Borealian station permanently, and that OHG vessels must arm themselves with cannons etc. Looking to other countries for guidance, the Council considers creating a Marine Corps of soldiers trained to fight on-and-off board ships.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Economic growth slackens off, but the militia grows slightly.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 48, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. The plans for the breech loading system are sent away for safe storage, while several Boyars follow their Consul’s example. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a woman of 22 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 21, studies at he Galati university. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instated Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap garnet and quartz while also adding rubies, emeralds and other more precious gems. Meanwhile, the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 100th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East) We begin an extensive military campaign to crush the Persian rebellion. Exploration on the Eastern Coast of Africa continues and as a result interest in Zanzibar increases.
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Cities' major infrastructures continue to be developed, and roads and canals are built to outlying areas for better access to sugar and cotton farms. Missions continue to be built around the territory, making some progress in converting Muslims and animists alike, but the governor Alphonse Equle tries to assure mildness and liberalism in the missionaries in his territory to insure that the locals do not harass them too much. French ships make use of newly built ports, and countless dollars worth of slaves, cotton and sugar leave with them. This year they also left with 300 less Frenchmen who decided to settle in the city.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
 * The Kiatagmiut Band experiences a small amount of turmoil after a disaffected Yup'ik man, nominally of the the upper-Kusquqvagmiut tribes that have yet to be absorbed into the Kiatagmiut Band, decides to attack Kiatagmiut traders along the Kusquqvak River at the Deg Xinag city and trade post at Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’. This attack, which was reportedly carried out "with the ferocity of a wild bear," is deemed "intolerable" by Great Chief Taktuq. Almost immediately, the Kiatagmiut military machine is roused from a large period of peace. Mounting the luussitar herd, the warriors of the Band took off, armed with all traditional weapons, including the ulu knife, the kiipooyak, tegun harpoon, and the kakvikak spear. A series of five villages are seized during the early winter, when the habitants were least expecting the attack and were forced to surrender after only small skirmishes. Qalqaq, Anyaraq, Curapalek, Tevyaraq, and Cellitemiut all are seized under the banner of the Kiatagmiut Band. The smashing successes are attributed to the Supreme Spirit, with the aid of all the lesser gods and spirits. This series of conquests is followed almost immediately by gifts of food and supplies in order to develop a good image of our people in the eyes' of the newly conquered Yup'ik peoples. This brings the Kiatagmiut Band much closer to its trade post at Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’. Meanwhile, qayaq trade with Agdaaĝux̂ in the OTL Aleuts continues, but rumors spread rapidly that "gods coming on huge qayaqs" have recently arrived in the region.
 * The Cherokee Nation continues to build up its military as it prepares a campaign to destroy the rebel forces. King Degataga vows a shift end to this war so peace can return to the Ani'yunwi'ya. Policies concerning more cash crop development are discussed in the royal advisory meetings concerning the future of the nation.
 * Empire of Japan (Dynastic Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff. The colony expands by 20 px.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1671, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 41, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In political news, Maude Ulrika Gottenlieb sews yet another flag for Leopold II, which he loves and makes the official Coat of Arms of Bavaria, displacing the current coat and moving the latter to national flag status. In colonial news, Leopold II revives the interests of his grandfather and makes a claim on the Mississipian rump state of Acolapissa. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin.BaiernFlag10.png
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 40, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 42, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669). Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 31, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669).
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.


 * Wu China: Military is improved long with minor reforms passed nearing war with Min.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military is expanded as Scandinavia rolls out several sloops and corvettes for the second and third fleets. Scandinavia is elated at the Societatus Ilustratio and sends intellectuals such as Lukas Holger to the meeting. In other news, Scandinavia works to make education more readily available for its citizens. The Oslo People's College is founded in May of this year, seeking to provide cheaper education for citizens. While the education is not as good as those provided in a traditional university, this college does provide higher education than most other public/private schools in Scandinavia and is geared more at adult education. In the New World, the Migration Act continues to result in increased population for the Scandinavian colonies, especially Vinland and Strombek.
 * Helluland: The militia is improved. Helluland expands by 250 sq km.
 * Iceland: The economy is improved.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km.
 * Karelia: The military expands.
 * New Gotland: The miltary expands. New Gotland expands by 5000 sq km.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded.
 * Sjösmark: The militia is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km.

1672
'''The continued influence of the Damascan Sultanate in Nubia puts some of the major elite and populace on edge, notably the sale of Port Sudan and the coast to the Damascans. This in particular upsets the people, and the nobles lead a riot that soon drives Damascan forces from the coast, reclaiming it for Nubia.'''

'''No algo for this? -Swank'''

'''Yeah cause the sale was implausible to begin with. -Sky'''

'''So then it should be retconned not hurt me in the future. -Swank'''

French admirals in a bold attempt to try to cut back some trade on the empowered ally present Privateering to the French monarch in an attempt to subtly harm Spanish shipping without ruining relations entirely.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subject expand their militaries. Bavaria is thanked for agreeing to Hamburg Royal marriage proposal.


 * Empire of Japan (Dynastic Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff. The colony expands by 20 px.
 * Manchu Empire (Dynastic Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son in law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers with light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy and importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan.. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 47th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 22. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 2. We give an enclave to the Suri Empire.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman works on increasing relations with the Damascan proper to merge into the empire once again. Karaman expands military. Karamania begins merging into Damascan proper.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new vassal joins the Damascan Sultanate. They fear the growing power of the Roman Empire, with Damascus now requesting an NAP they feel safer in a sense. Diyabakir expands its infrastructure. With the total victory by Damascan forces, the vassal begins to merge into the Damascan proper.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 60-65 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Azerbaijan is reaffirmed into the Damascan Sultanate. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
 * Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed.
 * Port Sudan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): We send more Muslim holy men to Port Sudan in order to spread Islam further in Nubia. We receive soldiers from Damascus in order to counter the civilian revolts. Requesting assistance from Mansuriyyan Sultanate.
 * Damascan-Roman Diplomacy: We request an NAP with the Roman Empire.
 * You were straight up evicted. Port Sudan no longer exists as a Damascan entity. -Feud
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Urraca de Távora gives birth to a girl, who is named Urraca.
 * Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 170,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). If I don't have the climate for it here, I'll take it out). Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued with Urdustan.
 * Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: On the journey to their new home, the citizens elect Admiral Abduhl Achbaar as wāli. His first order of business is to build a larger port and fortify the town. Economy is expanded and we offer trade to Rome and Nubia.


 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * After last year's warfare along the Kusquqvak River, the Kiatagmiut Band works on integration of these new people. They speak the same language (Yugtun) and even use the same dialect. They have had great exposure to our culture via trade. They are well aware of our traditional, and highly-inclusive system of the Amellrutaq. With these major benefits, the new villages are integrated into mainstream Kiatagmiut culture with relative ease. We then work to bring them domesticated berries and elk, as well as try to proliferate luussitars among these villages. These technological improvements have helped ease the process of cultural diffusion. Meanwhile, our cities continue to grow in population as a new type of animal begins to be domesticated - the walrus. Due to their extreme value, walruses (which are culturally significant to the natives of Kelutmun) are treated with extreme care and, due to their lazy nature, are easy to make docile. Meanwhile, the Togiagmiut peoples, who are being integrated with great success, decide that they will do some expanding of their own to counter the recent Kiatagmiut expansion, and therefore go forth and seize Tuyuryaq and Ingricuar. Usage of qayaqs increases as population skyrockets. Rumors continue to circulate, especially in the trade outpost at Agdaaĝux̂, about the "gods with great qayaqs." The aging Taktuq denies this, but this doesn't deter the theatrical arts from preparing performances about this very topic.
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Our roads are starting to make a good return and our long time investment into hightening our trade is proving good for Ayutthaya. Roads to the south have increased our local relations with the Malay living in the region. We increase our construction of our navy and we develop a backup navy if our first one fails to protect Nicobar.
 * Lanna: Joining Lanna back up with Ayutthaya has been post-poned and we see the need to maintain a good income and relation with the region. We will eventually be re-joining the region however.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: We are happy to announce the completion of the Ayutthayan Nicobaran Fort. It is now active and we are doing lots of training on the region. We are also increasing our relation with the natives whose population continues to grow rapidly. We also continue developing schools and multi-story buildings to accomodate the quickly growing population, which has now reached 163,000 people.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still continue to make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn Ten out of 20)
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Wu China: We build up military, nearing war with Min.
 * Imperium of Heaven: The Mongolian capital finally falls as the Third and Fifth Legions behead the Mongolian Khan. Half the nation is annexed into Imperium proper, and the other half is reduced to vassal status. God Emperor Ozai also dies after a 23-year reign, leaving the throne to his 19 year old adopted son, Tezin. The Ninth, Tenth, and Eleventh Legions are founded. Meanwhile, the Third Legion is renamed to Alpha Legion and the Fifth Legion to the Dark Wolves in reward for their exemplary service in the war. The Imperial Engineers Corps gets to work in Mongolia, laying down hundreds of miles of paved roads and Roman-style aqueducts. The three-crop rotation system is impleneted to increase fertility and efficiency; a sizeable but not too heavy tax is also levied. All Mongolians are required to register in the Imperial census, and many choose to join as citizens of the Imperium.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. Finally, the linguistic reform begins with Pavle Vitezović creating the idea of diphtongues for the new Croatian Latin alphabet. However, some will also be similar to the Czech 'ć'. The linguistic reform finishes by the end of the year with the Croatian alphabet called Vitezica in honour of Pavle Vitezović. The alphabet is introduced throughout the Bajanate in effort to unify the Bajanate's people.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5 px)


 * ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men
 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca:   The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.2 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 75,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in Madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
 * Greater Cochin:  The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shangha's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to  begin the major trade route.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu: Not content to continue up the Ale'ut Island chain, the great navigator I'mlos'taga'in annouces the he will stike Northward on a great voyage of exploration into the Northern Sea. It would be one of the most fateful voyages in history, but details of what happened next are scarce, as all of the log books were lost at sea. What is known is that somehow, he discovered the Desolation Islands and claimed them for Mangut Nivkhgu.... (Mangut Nivkhgu expands onto OTL St Paul and St George Islands in the Pribilof group)
 * SECRET HISTORY:  The not-so-great navigator has bitten off more than he can chew, and once again findds himself thrown off course be a fierce storm a week into the voyage. The storm waterlogs most of the ship's food supplies and breaks the main mast - leaving it adrift in the Northern Ocean. Eventually, the ship sights OTL St Paul island, where the crew is able to steer the ship just enough to crash it onto the beach. Unable to fix the ship, the crew are stranded as castaways under the midnight sun, burning pieces of the ship to stay warm and living by hundting seabirds. 
 * The Pskovian New Veche continues to incorporate the new territories. electoral boundries are somewhat tweaked in order to maintain the 100 seats in the Veche. On January 1st the Pskovians officially change to the Gregorian callendar, begining the new year as a new age with the elevation of Elena to Suprme Duchess. This is symbolic of Pskov entering a new age of prosperity. Pskov, now controling much fo the ports the Russians are using, attempt to stop an exodus from Russian nations by convinving them that life will be better in Pskov since peace has come, and the fact that Pskov has been peaceful for 12 years now, and is maintaining order. It's that, or convince them to move to PIC territories instead. They achieve this with limited success, but as peace prospers, the economy does as well, and Pskovian merchants are quick to make use of the West Danzig loophole allowing them esentially free trade with the Bajanate of Croatia. Pskovian goods arrive in caravans to the Croatian capital, and begin their slow emergence into the market. This allows the GDP and average wages to grow. Pskov is now seen as the wealthiest and most important Russians state to the rest of Europe, given the other Russian States' relative ... backwardness and isolationsim. Pskov is the largest city inRrussia, and with this brings prestige. Pskovian soldiers continue to enforce order in the newly captured territories, and help the Lithuanians and are most active in Belarus. The belorussians are initially distrustful, but the Pskovians do nto alter their way of life in a large manner, other than asserting some new laws here and there. there is still much work to be done in reforming and centralizing Belorussia, but in any case, a currency sxchane need not be established in belorussia, as Poland was already officialy using the zolotnik system as its currency. The Polish soldiers from the lands are re-recruited into the newly formed Belorussian Military, modeled after the Pskovina military and working with it. The great march south was remarkably succesful in showing the benevolance and peacefulness of Pskovian forces, and other things and whatnots. Meanwhile, trade goes up which is good, and the Pskovian stock market experiences a remarkably good year, with more companies and ventures joining, and moving the economy. The Veche approves a refit program for the military, and the old Navy is being improved with new vessels. the Veche later hears pleas form the PIC representatives about their piracy problems, and begin to ponder the implications of such accusations. The PIC is given ten extra ships for a price, and the PIC shipyard in novoprussiysk begins working overtime to produce more warships. Pskovian Thinkers from all over the Union go Berlin to participate in the scientific society.
 * ​In the Federal Republic of Eesti, the economy gains slightly, as new trade oprotunities open up and the nation has finally recuperated from both wars and the re-orgonization of territories The new Elections for the Federal Riigikogy go off and bring in a change of government. Still very pro-union, the Estonian government decides that economic gains are very important and Prioritize economic gains in zlatobrezhie. More money is invested there, and the GDP of Estonia grows, as well as wages, as the good fortunes of Pskov spill over across the border.
 * The Republic of Latvia works on its Military forces, fortifying the navy that it inherited from Prussia. After much negotiations, an agreement known as the Klaipeda accords split Prussia's navy between the created Republics, with the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig retaining 50% of the previous forces, while Latvia receives 20%, and Lithuania 25%, with estonia gaining the remaining 5% of naval forces. The Seimas of Latvia take advantage of new territories, and hold "by-elections" in the new districts, each electing their own representative to serve until the proper election period. The Military forces recieve a new uniform in the style of Pskov.
 * The Republic of Lithuania spends most of this turn working on its military forces in order to better control and incorporate the newly acquired territories from Poland. After recieving much international recognitino of heir claims, they begin using the new naval assets they gianed during the Klaipeda accords. The government sets up shop in vilnus, and begins repurposing the old palace into a hall for the Saema.
 * The United Republic of Prussia and Danzig works on its military, beginning to reconstruct its navy after having to give up half of it to the other nations, despite being the legal recognized successor to the Kindom of Prussia. The Military and economy have almost recovered from the war. The Bundestag passes legislation allowing another thing in their country.
 * Belorussia: Continues to consolidate its territory had have people within its borders bow down to the new administration. The Knyaz Namestnik publishes a new tax code, and sends out soldiers to carry it out. he wants to show power, and in order to do so, he must be a good administrator, as well as be a strong leader. Some electoral boundries are drawn, and other things happen. The taxes are collected, and the people are having good times with this new system. in any case, he calls a council from all corners of the new nation, and begins fightning back any polish sympathizers, or those wanting to re-instate the kingdom. Those caught are given to PIC custody. law and order are begining to be slightly better, and some agricultural techniques from Pskov migrate south of the border, making farming more efficient, and the GDP rises just a tiny ammount, improving the economy just a tiny bit.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company (PIC): continues to gather funds to try to purchase a city in China, and works on building its own inter-Asian trade network, An expedition is sent ot Japan in ordet to try to get a trade agreement, and begin trade at fair prices. Meanwhile, some Chinese states are approached as well. Through the Embassy, hte Pskov Imperial Company begins to ask for trade rights for opium from places. More people are brought to the colonies to cultivate sugar, spices, and make rum. Some move there of their own free will, wanting a newer life, some are sent there as a punishment. Meanwhile, stronger contingent and things are put on pirates, and a few fortresses are constructed in the islands to protect them from the pirates. Many large towns have recieved mortars on their beaches to protect them from possible pirate raids, and a small contingent of soldiers is now stationed in many islands permanently to maintain order and protection. The PIC begins a new settlement program.
 * The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the common folk too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov university and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1672, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 42, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In colonial news, Leopold II revives the interests of his grandfather and makes a claim on the Mississipian rump state of Acolapissa. Bavaria mobilizes troops in February, and sends approximately 12,000 troops to Acolapissa. Siege weapons are also shipped over. War is declared on March 15. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In royal news, Mary of Pomerania and Albert of Brandenburg are married off to Hamburger royalty.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 40, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 43, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669). Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 32, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 49, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. The plans for the breech loading system are sent away for safe storage, while several Boyars follow their Consul’s example. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a woman of 23 continues to grow under her mother’s tutelage. Mircea III, now 22, studies at he Galati university. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instated Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap Garnet and Quartz while also adding Rubies, Emeralds, and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Dacian Diplomats in Ethiopia: The hand of Elenora is offered to the Ethiopian king in the hopes that Dacia can strengthen its position in the region, while drawing Ethiopia deeper into the Church of Christendom.
 * Ethiopia: We expand slightly, (11 miles out, smoothing our jagged border) although our king slows the wars against the natives to manage food rations and bring up relations with Nubia and Dacian Somalia. We have reached a surplus of food, and are in an economic renaissance. The king is now 25 and is in talks with a royal marriage with Dacia and its 23 year old queen.
 * County of Oldenburg: Looking for more- and cheaper- ways of protecting the OHG's fleet, the Regency Council gives its first Letters of Marque to privateers. They are allowed to "take or destroy any Pirates or Enemies of the State" whilst keeping all profits. Two intrepid ship's captains become Oldenburg's first privateers. The Naval Board decides that a swallowtailed version of the Oldenburger flag will be used for all Oldenburger naval and privateer ships from now on.
 * Ethiopia: We expand slightly, (11 miles out, smoothing our jagged border) although our king slows the wars against the natives to manage food rations and bring up relations with Nubia and Dacian Somalia. We have reached a surplus of food, and are in an economic renaissance. The king is now 25 and is in talks with a royal marriage with Dacia and its 23 year old queen.
 * County of Oldenburg: Looking for more- and cheaper- ways of protecting the OHG's fleet, the Regency Council gives its first Letters of Marque to privateers. They are allowed to "take or destroy any Pirates or Enemies of the State" whilst keeping all profits. Two intrepid ship's captains become Oldenburg's first privateers. The Naval Board decides that a swallowtailed version of the Oldenburger flag will be used for all Oldenburger naval and privateer ships from now on.

Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.


 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Cities' major infrastructures continue to be developed, and roads and canals are built to outlying areas for better access to sugar and cotton farms. Missions continue to be built around the territory, making some progress in converting Muslims and animists alike, but the governor Alphonse Equle tries to assure mildness and liberalism in the missionaries in his territory to insure that the locals do not harass them too much. French ships make use of newly built ports, and countless dollars worth of slaves, cotton and sugar leave with them. This year they also left with 300 less Frenchmen who decided to settle in the city.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 140th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East) We begin an extensive military campaign to crush the Persian rebellion. With this being our 140th anniversary, there is an extensive build up of the navy and the Sultan is determined to renew our empire in Africa, paritcularly in Zanzibar and the surrounding area.
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen.
 * Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of th North lays ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settle down in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privileges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, Lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the soviergn though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current sovereign to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon. They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the house of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on Hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the Dutch flag.. Devaluation ends as profits and funds start trickling into the kingdom again. Cultural and scientific development starts to pick up again as the Kingdom recovers from the civil war.
 * ​Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East india company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the oppurtunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews as efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grows.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 14,000 white settlers and some 9000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,560,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.

1673
 In Rome, Pope Gregory XIV dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Roman Virginio Orsini is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Sixtus V. 

Everybody, please post your events in the mod page first instead of just improvising them here.--Collie Kaltenbrunner (talk) 14:14, November 1, 2014 (UTC)


 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff. The colony expands by 20 px.
 * Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son in law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan.. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Urraca de Távora gives birth to a boy, who is named Afonso.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * The Cherokee Nation continues to build up its military as it fights a campaign to destroy the rebel forces. King Degataga leads the forces himself and manages to destroy a large portion of the rebels this year. The heads of several of the rebel commanders are put on spikes and paraded alongside the King's royal banners as the royal army marches against the remaining rebels.
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Our roads are starting to make a good return and our long time investment into hightening our trade is proving good for Ayutthaya. Roads to the south have increased our local relations with the Malay living in the region. We increase our construction of our navy and we develop a backup navy if our first one fails to protect Nicobar.
 * Lanna: Joining Lanna back up with Ayutthaya has been post-poned and we see the need to maintain a good income and relation with the region. We will eventually be re-joining the region however.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: We are happy to announce the completetion of the Ayutthayan Nicobaran Fort. It is now active and we are doing lots of training on the region. We are also increasing our relation with the natives whose population continues to grow rapidly. We also continue developing schools and multi-story buildings to accomodate the quickly growing population, which has now reached 163,000 people.
 * Wu China: We built up military.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still continue to make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn 11 out of 20)
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5 px)


 * ​Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men


 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca:   The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.2 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 75,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in Madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
 * Greater Cochin:  The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to  begin the major trade route.
 * Kingdom Of Tibet: The Government asks Haixi Jurchens, Hualian and the Western Changhai Khanate for an alliance to help defeat China. Each Country gets a one-quarter of China. The Government also wishes to create a dynasty union with the Haixi Jurchens, by sending the princess to Haixi Jurchens. This will strengthen the bond. The Government also wishes to create a dynasty union with the Lanka, by sending the princess to Lanka. This will create a bond, between the two mega empires.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. Finally, the linguistic reform begins with Pavle Vitezović creating the idea of diphtongues for the new Croatian Latin alphabet. However, some will also be similar to the Czech 'ć'. The linguistic reform finishes by the end of the year with the Croatian alphabet called Vitezica in honour of Pavle Vitezović. The alphabet is introduced throughout the Bajanate in effort to unify the Bajanate's people.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled their spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * In Pskov: Stuff happens, mostly economic dev.
 * In Eesti: Stuff happens, mostly military dev.
 * In Latvia: Stuff happens, mostly economy dev.
 * In Lithuania: The first elections happen in the whole of the republic, and the State council officially hands power over to the Seimas. The Seimas takes measures to improved defence and the fleet.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig, the people and trade with west Danzig and Croatia improve the economy.
 * In Belorussia, The Pskovian army continues to install their order in the naiton, although slowly, they begin withdrawing to Pskov itself and leaving the administration to local authorities.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: continues to bring new settlers, and build their navy to protect form pirates. The Integrated Polish colonies are an invaluable asset, giving more area to grow cash crops and make rum and sugar.
 * The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the common folk too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov University and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 50, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. The plans for the breech loading system are sent away for safe storage, while several Boyars follow their Consul’s example. More disputes occur in the senate. Elenora, now a woman of 24 Is married to the king of Ethiopia. Mircea III, now 23, studies at he Galati university. He continues playing war-games on a vast scale, and is quickly becoming an excellent general. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instated Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap Garnet and Quartz while also adding Rubies, Emeralds, and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * Imperium of Heaven: After the second conquest of Mongolia, the Imperium turns its attention downward. The military continues to build up in power, tacking on Twelfth Legion, increasing the size of the Legions to 148,000 men. Trade continues to flourish, and thousands of merchants continue to use the Imperium as crossroads to Europe. Imperium Center is also renovated, and water is drawn from the nearby Azulon Sea to create fountains, baths, and personal water stations for its inhabitants. The road system branches out into newly conquered Mongolia, with the Imperial Engineering Corps being sent to build up infrastructure. The Imperial Ecclesiarchy is founded, dedicated to spreading the Imperial Truth to the heathen Mongolians.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: A new capital begins construction as the Imperial Engineering Corps gets to work in the newly conquered territory. Hundreds of miles of road are laid down, extending the previous network started by God Emperor Ozai. The previous Mongolian military is disbanded, and a new Imperial Army in Mongolia is raised from the local populace. The Mongolians contribute the 11,000 men and the Twelfth Legion to the military. Merchants take advantage of the new stabilizing force in the nation (which had been under civil disarray beforehand) to set up new trade routes branching throughout the nation. The Ecclesiarchy creates three new churches in Mongolia, including a large one in the new capital named the Church of Goodwill. The first Mongolian Ecclesiarch is chosen to lead the Mongolian Ecclesiarchy.
 * Ethiopia: We expand two miles to the west and the south, and finalize our wars against the natives. Trade increases with Dacia and Dacian Somalia. This is because our king, Achebe II (now 25), has been married to the princess of Dacia, Elenora (now 24). We now have a total surplus of food from trade and farm growth. Our military expands by 850 people, for a total of 3500 men.
 * County of Oldenburg: Two more ship's captains take Letters of Marque and become Oldenburger privateers (arrrgh!). The new-design swallow-tailed Oldenburger ensigns are rolled out. The Regency Council, noting the shrinking of the HRE, considers its options regarding membership of that group.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: Militia expands.
 * Bavarian Dip: A delegation sent by Leopold II travels to Oldenburg and notifies the Council that the alliance and trade pact between the two countries will be upheld whether Oldenburg stays with the Empire or leaves it. However, the delegation also notes that Oldenburg will be open to numerous economic and political opportunity should the Council resolve to leave the weakened, rump state that is the modern HRE.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Cities' major infrastructures continue to be developed, and roads and canals are built to outlying areas for better access to sugar and cotton farms. Missions continue to be built around the territory, making some progress in converting Muslims and animists alike, but the governor Alphonse Equle tries to assure mildness and liberalism in the missionaries in his territory to insure that the locals do not harass them too much. French ships make use of newly built ports, and countless dollars worth of slaves, cotton and sugar leave with them. This year they also left with 300 less Frenchmen who decided to settle in the city.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655


 * Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 140th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East) We begin an extensive military campaign to crush the Persian rebellion.With this being our 140th anniversary, there is an extensive build up of the navy and the Sultan is determined to renew our empire in Africa, paritcularly in Zanzibar and the surrounding area. This all continues this year.
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted, or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1673, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 43, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In colonial news, Leopold II revives the interests of his grandfather and makes a claim on the Mississipian rump state of Acolapissa. Bavaria mobilizes troops in February, and sends approximately 12,000 troops to Acolapissa. Siege weapons are also shipped over. War is declared on March 15. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. War continues to be waged on Acolapissa.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 43, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 44, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669). Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 33, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * Nei Baiern: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,610,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.

1674

 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their militaries. Hamburg diplomats propose to Oldenburg and the remaining Habsburg states to reorganize the Holy Roman Empire into a defensive alliance, but effectively dissolving the Empire as a political entity.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from the war and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated [updated?] military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. Ingria is declared a vassal, and we continue to influence Ingria.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still continue to make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn 12 out of 20) Due to the large growing season we have a surplus in crops. With this surplus of food the population booms. More Jewish people migrate to our nation to gain freedom that other countries do not give out. A man of the name Borivoj Andel publishes a book about giving people the three important things: life, liberty, and property.
 * Jews have freedom in the Netherlands and I believe some of them were the first settlers of the New World (according to a mod event, I'm not 100% sure) so I doubt they'd want to migrate into Bohemia. -Sky
 * Surinam does have a large Jewish heritage OTL -Dax
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
 * |onte: The famine in |onte has come to a halt due to better harvest, a lower population, and food imports. |onte has a growing number of farmers. Due to the policy of planting tree groves, desert reclamation has started taking serious effect in some parts of |onte. This year has resulted in eighty elephants being killed. |onte's population rises to over 2,660,000. The city of Kunene, the city of marble, reaches almost 120,000 people. Mon VII takes on the expansion north 300 sq km (6 pixels) a year with the Eheresito hu Kunene. Mon XII takes the head of the Eheresito hu Suida, and maintains relations with both Zimbabwe and !Xoonte. Mon X has noticed that Mon XII's works in Zimbabwe can be well felt, as the higher class uses |on frequently. It has become the fashion, in Kunene, for men to go without the traditional loincloth, and embrace masculinity. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en massr to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. After several months of building up in July 20th of 1674 the French kingdom declares war on Natchez
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them.Following the war declaration of France rhineland declares wars on natchez and sends troops to the domains of Nouvelle Artois
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%. Following the war declaration of France rhineland declares wars on natchez and sends troops to the domains of Nouvelle Artois
 * French Mali: Missions continue to be built. Slaves, cotton, and sugar regularly flow out of Malian ports to France and to the American colonies. Major cities continue to be developed to a modern extent. Roads are built to local villages for better administrative work, and it allows for greater numbers of missionaries to safely travel, though few go far inland due to disease so many local converts are used as missionaries, but this does create the unwanted by-product of a greater liberalism in conversions, allowing for greater syncretism and blasphemy but less religious friction.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ahsinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The completion of several ships brings the fleet to around 20 ships. Nehilaw fishermen settle on the far north coast of Borealia, forming a settlement called Igulik. Native Inuit arrive to trade at the settlement, which expands 200 km. The Tsicha-making consortium is formed, and royalties begin to pour in. Meanwhile, the government, seeing the success of marginal and subnational authorites buying ships on the black market, sets about doing so itself. Several old but functional ships are purchased this year.
 * Chippewa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
 * Mackinac: The military improves.
 * Odawa: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves.
 * Nipissing: The military improves.
 * Ethiopia: The wars against the natives begin to die down, with the natives taking the lead in north-east Ethiopia, near Nubia. Our king is in talks to establish a new state which is owned and run by the natives (in order to stop the war). 760 Ethiopians have died (over a quarter of our military) and only 56 natives. Our military is built up by 250 people, for a total of 3400 men. We still have a surplus of food, and the royal marriage with Dacia is doing very well.
 * Wu China: Every thing is well in China. We improve military.

Posting on the request of NK. Saturn (Talk/Blog) 23:05, November 2, 2014 (UTC)
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,000,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals.Cava hits the age of 57, with her son, Huascar (32), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother,Maitia (24), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (17)
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,000,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 900,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 60,000.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform begins.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * The Cherokee Nation continues to build up its military as it fights a campaign to destroy the rebel forces. King Degataga leads the royal army as marches against the remaining rebels, defeating them in numerous battles as the King marches to the rebel stronghold in Amadahy. As winter starts the King reaches the Amadahy  stronghold and quickly takes it due to the rebels tiny numbers. The King has all of the rebels who surrendered executed after a short trail. The stronghold is turned into a new royal town as the King waits out the winter in the north eastern town of Amadahy. As he tours the far eastern lands of the Cherokee nation the King decides that it is his duty to move further east and bring the chaotic land east of the Cherokee (anyone know its name? it isn't labelled on the map).
 * The Consulate of Dacia: Vladimir II, now 51, resumes growing the economy and making the military stronger. The economy continues its inexorable upward trend, as greater colonial expansion leads to greater profits. The expansion and growth is product of years of peace within Dacia, as well as the trade from Somalia. The average wealth of individuals continues to grow at a fairly steady rate. This causes a huge boom in land cultivation as the new-found wealth allows more land to be worked. Also, terraced farming, imported from Spain has allowed much once un-arable land to be used for farming. Terraced farms can be seen dotting the landscape. Within Moldova a large number of cattle ranches begin to appear. The increase in beef production causes an increase in protein intake of the people. As the amount of protein in the average diet increases so does the height and strength of the populace. The life expectancy begin to rise with better sanitation spreading across all of Romania. The strangely colder weather begins to impact population growth negatively and it slows to almost a crawl. food production stabilizes, and much more growth in the foreseeable future seems unlikely. Due to the better ranching leather prices drop quickly, allowing the military to begin re-equipping with buff coats. The coats are supplemented with chest plates as muskets begin to become more dangerous. Constanta Fabrică de Tun, continues developing its cannons. The cannons produced and developed at the factory begin to make the company quite rich and powerful. More work must be done to refine the cannons, but they are developing well. The army continues drilling with rotating ranks and pikes begin to be phased out by Flintlocks. Several new firearm companies are founded along the coast and up the Danube. The plans for the breech loading system are sent away for safe storage, while several Boyars follow their Consul’s example. More disputes occur in the senate. Mircea III, now 24, marries a prominent noblewoman from Bulgaria. His father makes him the commander-in-chief of the armed forces. The Eastern Trade Co. continues to grow.
 * Kiev: With a newly instated Consulate the nobility are won over by Dacia. The system gives them much greater power within the nation, and they associate this newfound power with Dacian influence. This allows a quick restoration of stability, and the economy begins to recover.
 * Halych: Consul Yarlslav III improves the economy and military are both improved after last years scare.
 * East Hungary: The economy and military are improved as more land becomes farmed. The Romanians bring with them the practice of terraced farming which begins to appear in Hungary. Many of the Magyar noble families are forced to marry into Romanian houses to retain their lands, otherwise it will be sold off to Romanian immigrants.
 * Dacian Somalia: Trade with India continues, and production of raw materials continues. The large scale extraction of various gemstones floods the Dacian markets with cheap Garnet and Quartz while also adding Rubies, Emeralds, and other more precious gems. Meanwhile the majority of European traders who make stops in Somalia prefer to land at Dacian Ports, as they enjoy the more familiar amenities afforded by the Dacian presence.
 * Dacian Iritria: Nutmeg is produced for sale back in Europe. Trade is conducted with Ethiopia, and as our Christian brethren we offer them our protection. Wool and sheep production is also improved, as is mining for precious materials. This allows the economy to grow significantly.
 * County of Oldenburg: The privateer system appears to be working, as there was not a single attack on Oldenburger vessels this whole year. Detractors of the scheme argue that Oldenburger vessels have never been that great a target anyway. Either way, the result is the same. With the inhabitants of Neu Norderney, feeling much safer (whether that feeling is justified or not) expands 200km down the coast. The Regency Council thanks Bavaria for its kind words and continues debating Oldenburg's future in the HRE.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The students of the Osnabruck University perform the 97th annual Buhnefest play festival, under the merry eye of the Prince Bishop. Preparations begin for the centenary festival in three year's time. The organising committee hopes it will be the biggest, most impressive showcase of Osnabrucker university talent the world has ever seen. Others claim it will be just as average as every year. Either way, everyone takes it as a given that the Fairy King will draw the biggest crowds.
 * Netherlands: Following the final victory over the Anti-johannist forces their is jubalation in Brussels, Antwerp, Namur, Amsterdam, The Hague and other major cities in commemoration of the reunification of the Lowlands. However, scars and damage produced by the war remain visible and much of th North lays ravaged by the fires of war. The once beautiful cities of The Hague and Amsterdam are heavily damaged leading to an increase in the economic importance of the cities of Antwerp, Brussels and the cities of Wallonia. The States-General grants general amnesty to all those woh fought under Hendrik and allows them to return to their homes. All foreign mercs are discharged with full pay, and bonuses for service, The 3000 Magyar who served in the Johannist army are allowed the right to settle down in any part of the Dutch Empire they wish to granting them special privileges such as exemption from taxes. Payment of debts to the Dutch bankers and to Hispania begin as trade and general production begins again allowing a slow but steady flow of revenue to enter the Kingdom.Johann signs the act of common law, recognizing the basic rights and freedoms of the Nobility, Bourgoisie, and common folk of the Lowlands. Under the act of common law The States-General The States-General pass several reforms balancing the Tax system, and commercial reforms. The Hague is restored to its former position as the capital of the Netherlands. However, due to damages Brussels remains the centre of political power in the Kingdom. Standardization and reformation of the Royal army continues as snaphaunce are phased out being replaced by the flintlock, Lined infantry formations are officially adopted as the standard for the Army. naval expansion begins once more. Scientific development continues specially in Brussels. The civil war having left deep scars on the land and on the souls of those who reside in the Netherlands produces a new wave of artistic expression much darker then the pre-war style, and taking on a more realist outlook on life. Wallonia and Flanders enjoy a rise in importance within the Netherlands. The military is placed under the direct control of the Stadtholder and the States-General reflecting the truimph of the will of the nation over the will of the sovereign though the crown remains the dejure commander of the armed forces. The States-General also secure the right to reject an heir to the throne or force the current sovereign to abdicate if they produce a valid reason or feel that the Act of Common Law is being infringed upon. They also pass the act of Nassau establishing that the crown may not be passed on to a non-reformist, and to someone who is not of the house of Nassau-Orleans. Upon discovering the presence of Hamburg troops on Hendrik's side in the civil war, Their is general outrage amongst the members of the States-General and demands for Hamburg to pay compensation. The government authorizes privateers to start targeting Hamburg ships and colonies though not under the Dutch flag .. Devaluation ends as profits and funds start trickling into the kingdom again. Cultural and scientific development starts to pick up again as the Kingdom recovers from the civil war.
 * ​Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the oppurtunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews as efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grows.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 14,000 white settlers and some 9000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.


 * Roman Empire: The conquest of Anatolia is complete, and Emperor Stephen I and Consul Thomas Doukas are hard at work integrating the new territories in the Empire's political and economic system. The Turks who live in the new lands are treated fairly, and the traditional policy of encouraging Turkish emigration first established by Theodore III is reinstated, with several hundred to a thousand Turks leaving the nation peacefully each year. The success in bringing most of Anatolia back into the Empire restores a considerable amount of the Empire's prestige, and the Empire grows as a result. The economy continues to grow through trade, and new mines established in Anatolia help fuel such growth. Military garrisons are established in some forts but also cities like Ancyra and Nicaea in order to help maintain order over the new lands, and the military and navy continue to train and improve to maintain further control.. Greeks immigrate to these lands to accompany their families and also to set up new businesses or administration in the territories. Constantine IX is assassinated soon into his reign, and his younger brother John takes the throne as John IX.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * In Pskov: Stuff happens, mostly economic dev.
 * In Eesti: Stuff happens, mostly military dev.
 * In Latvia: Stuff happens, mostly economy dev.
 * In Lithuania: The first elections happen in the whole of the republic, and the State council officially hands power over to the Seimas. The Seimas takes measures to improved defence and the fleet.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig, the people and trade with west Danzig and Croatia impeove the economy.
 * In Belorussia, The Pskovian army continues to install their order in the naiton, although slowly, they begin withdrawing to Pskov itself and leaving the administration to local authorities.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: continues to bring new settlers, and build their navy to protect form pirates. The Integrated Polish colonies are an invaluable asset, giving more area to grow cash crops and make rum and sugar.
 * The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the common folk too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov University and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1674, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 44, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. War concludes with Acolapissa. The former Mississippian rump state is now a Bavarian outpost. The new Bavarian soldiers become the first European residents of the region. The river that supported Acolapissa (OTL Pearl River) is noted for its freshness and ecology. A Bavarian soldier, Friedrich Amstreff, names the river Perlefluss, which translates to Pearl River in German (OOC: I feel like keeping the OTL name because it's pretty :}. )
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 44, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 45, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669). Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 34, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Because Nicobara is in ruins, Japanese merchants and traders flock to the island to begin vassalization (Turn One of Three).
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * Biak (Colony of Japan): The island is settled upon, starting creations on ports and other stuff. The colony expands by 20 px.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 140th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East) We begin an extensive military campaign to crush the Persian rebellion.With this being our 140th anniversary, there is an extensive build up of the navy and the Sultan is determined to renew our empire in Africa, paritcularly in Zanzibar and the surrounding area. This all continues this year. With naval development being built up for four years, we prepare for war next year in 1675.
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen.
 * Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 14.6 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5 px)


 * ​Kingdom of Italy:  The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. Italy joins with the Johannist faction to finish the civil war sending 50 of its own ships and nearly 15,000 men


 * Savoy:  The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa:  Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy:  The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena:  The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna:  Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco:  The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers:  With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco.
 * Kongo:  The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia:  The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha:  Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca:   The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia:  Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia:  The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain:  The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 45,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Colonial population hovers above one million with a few thousand settlers with more people in recent years deciding to settle in the Mapuche and Chilean territories as ranchers, farmers and crop growers. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. Of many cities developing some begin to gain large populations as well with multiple cities farther north and south develop heavily. Buenos Aires and San Sorento are the two largest cities in the colony with Buenos Aires maintaining 50,000 people and San Sorento maintaining about 30,000 people. Both cities are large coastal port cities. New Spain begins talks of integrating the Mapuche territory into the colony proper. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.2 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand:  The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 75,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada:  The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 250,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines:  Spanish continue to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt.
 * Protectorate of Oyo:  The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers.
 * East African Protectorates:  This military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat:  With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras:  With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in Madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
 * Greater Cochin:  The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory.
 * Shanghai:  The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao:  Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to  begin the major trade route.

1675
''' Please do not undo the spelling edits done by EoGuy, he does not appreciate it, and it more than not keeps the page looking much cleaner and nicer. If there is something you wish to have spelled differently leave a note on his Talk Page -Feud '''

Lamest event ever ...

Still better than the Batman events.

The Kiatagmiut Band expands along the coastal regions of the Togiagmiut Band, reaching nearly as far as the Iilogayaq River and the village of Curyung. We begin extensive forays into Alutiiq lands and start to investigate Nanvarpak, a lake that let's out into Tikhtnu (Cook Inlet). The emphasis on trade remains. Meanwhile, amidst our domestication efforts, we come across lost Nivkh sailors on an outpost- like isle and begin to interact, attempting to provide them supplies for now. Plans are made to bring them to our capital sooner or later.
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 50th birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 25. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 5. We give an enclave to the Suri Empire.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman works on increasing relations with the Damascan proper to merge into the empire once again. Karaman expands military. Karamania merges into Damascan proper.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new vassal joins the Damascan Sultanate. They fear the growing power of the Roman Empire, with Damascus now requesting an NAP they feel safer in a sense. Diyabakir expands its infrastructure. The vassal merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 60-65 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word. Southern Azerbaijan is merged into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
 * Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed. Centralization begins and the differences of culture begins to splice.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Because Nicobara is in ruins, Japanese merchants and traders flock to the island to begin vassalization (Turn One of Three).
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every year, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * Dutch Diplomacy: The Dutch propose greater trading ties with the Japanese and Manchu. 
 * Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son in law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan.. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 *  ​' Ming China:' The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war continues on Natchez.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war continues on Natchez.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%. the war continues on natchez
 * French Mali: Missions continue to be built. Slaves, cotton, and sugar regularly flow out of Malian ports to France and to the American colonies. Major cities continue to be developed to a modern extent. Roads are built to local villages for better administrative work, and it allows for greater numbers of missionaries to safely travel, though few go far inland due to disease so many local converts are used as missionaries, but this does create the unwanted by-product of a greater liberalism in conversions, allowing for greater syncretism and blasphemy but less religious friction.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. The Colonial administration authority begins deciding whether to colonize the islands of Hawaii or not. with a vote to go before parliament. This vote is successful and the first colonization of Hawaii begins (5 px)
 * ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this, many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 350,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups however seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 100,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory. 5000 of the Spanish troops in Madras are relocated to fight in Cochin.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and ships move in to begin the major trade route.
 * Dutch Dip: The Dutch continue to pay off the debt owed to the Spanish for the troops they sent to help end the civil war.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still continue to make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn 13 out of 20) Due to the large growing season we have a surplus in crops. With this surplus of food the population booms. More Jewish people migrate to our nation to gain freedom that other countries do not give out. Borivoj Andel book is popular within the lower classes of society. Most noble families think the book is a way to take the class system from the nation. Borivoj is viewed by people to be a liberal. Borivoj finished his first book about goverment and is in the process of writing another book about religion. This year we spend less on military and more on education. We start to build more schools and a college in the capital city of Prague. We encourage more people to get educated.
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy
 * Netherlands: The old King Johann passes away in his sleep to the mourning of the nation. His eldest son Maurice is proclaimed Maurice II of the Netherlands at the age of 16. The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political enviorment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightented circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influencial among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of otl John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economicly. Under the guidence of the new States-General lead by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and sicentific development continues in the Netherlands lead by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking throuh a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Archetiecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the oppurtunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews its efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grows.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 14,000 white settlers and some 9000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. The Emperor returns to the throne after a period of sickness, but finds that much of the administrative decisions of the Empire are still within the council, which refuses to grant them back unless certain demands are met.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights. A grant is given by the Urdustani Emperor for the Swargadeo of Barphanivasa to establish an observatory in the Himalayas. Work begins immediately (Turn One of Five).
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * The Cherokee Nation: continues its military build up following the defeat of the rebels. King Degataga leads most of the royal army back to the capital from Amadahy but he leaves a large force under the command of his trusted General Galegenoh. General Galegenoh begins constructing a fort in the north eastern stronghold to garrison his troops as he begins preparations for the campaign bring the chaotic land east of the Cherokee (anyone know its name? it isn't labelled on the map). King Degataga now back in the capital, sets about setting new national policies with particular focus on military development as the King orders more warriors to go east and join Galegenoh's army so that the nation can expand eastward.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform begins.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.


 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea, and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * County of Oldenburg: The privateer system appears to be working, as there was not a single attack on Oldenburger vessels this whole year. Detractors of the scheme argue that Oldenburger vessels have never been that great a target anyway. Either way, the result is the same. With the inhabitants of Neu Norderney, feeling much safer (whether that feeling is justified or not) expands 200km down the coast. The Regency Council thanks Bavaria for its kind words and continues debating Oldenburg's future in the HRE.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: preparations continue with only two years to go before the 100th annual Buhnefest.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
 * Chippewa: The economy improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
 * Mackinac: The economy improves.
 * Odawa: The economy improves.
 * Chisasibi: The economy improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The economy improves.
 * Nipissing: The economy improves.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Because Nicobara is in ruins, Japanese merchants and traders flock to the island to begin vassalation (turn 1/3).
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The military is expanded as Scandinavia rolls out several sloops and corvettes for the second and third fleets. Scandinavia is elated at the Societatus Ilustratio and sends intellectuals such as Lukas Holger to the meeting. In other news, Scandinavia works to make education more readily available for its citizens. The Oslo People's College is founded in May of this year, seeking to provide cheaper education for citizens. While the education is not as good as those provided in a traditional university, this college does provide higher education than most other public/private schools in Scandinavia and is geared more at adult education. In the New World, the Migration Act continues to result in increased population for the Scandinavian colonies, especially Vinland and Strombek.
 * Helluland: The militia is improved. Helluland expands by 250 sq km.
 * Iceland: The economy is improved.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km.
 * Karelia: The military expands.
 * New Gotland: The miltary expands. New Gotland expands by 5000 sq km.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded.
 * Sjösmark: The militia is expanded this year as new rifles make it to Sjösmark.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km.
 * Ethiopia: After losing to the tribes in the North-West corner of Ethiopia, the empire makes a deal with them. He promised them their own country as long as that country became a vassal of Ethiopia. The new Amhara Empire is formed!
 * Amhara Empire: A new empire is formed! Run by Otango Jilea, it is an empire in former Northwest Ethiopia. It is 35,000 sq. miles large, and takes up a large part of the former area.
 * Mansuryian Sultanate: This year marks the 140th anniversary of the Sultanate and it is quite eventful, as Sultan Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad dies and and his son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad’s coronation is held and he is the new Sultan, thus ending the rule of the Grand Council. As a result of the 100th anniversay of the Sulanate, the death of Abul Mulahlmin Ibn Nquad, and the coronation of Abuil-Muhalmin Ibn Nuquad as the new Sultan, there is a massive parade in the centre of Baghdad. turn. With Sultan Abull Mulahlmin Ibn With our nation being re-established 100 years ago, there is a grand parade held in the center of Baghdad, celebrating 100 years of Manusurryian Sultanate History, and many reflect on what has happened. It all started with Aashif ibn Nuquad, who re-established the Mansurryian Caliphate after 57 years of its collapse, and made a deal with the Damascan Sultanate to be a Sultanate rather than a Caliphate in return for an eternal alliance. In order to gain control of the Sultanate, he conducted the Great Mansurryian Purge like his grandfather, Caliph Fatih, before him. After the Purge, Sultan Aashif Ibn Nuquad implemented the Mosque Model, which built up the infrastructure and the economy of the Sultanate significantly. Later, the Safavids collapsed, and the Sultanate and the Safavids went into a Union together, were the Great Safavid Purge took place. Unfortunately, however, the Safavids revolted, and the Sultan was killed, thus sending the nation into chaos. Thus the Interim Government under the Grand Council, conducted the Second Great Mansurryian Purge and declared the six year Great Safavid War in order to avenge the Sultan. After the war, the reign of Sultan Amir began, and it was a reign of peace, with the focus of the rebuilding of the Mansurryian Sultanate and Southern Persia under the Mosque Model. After 12 years under the Mosque Model (1568-1580), the Rebuilding Era was over, and Sultan Amir focused on the economy and vassalized Oman over the period of ten years (1580-1590) and Queshm Island was vassalized within five years (1585-1590). From 1590-1595 Milh, Masirah, and Baharain was vassalized. From 1590-1600 the military and the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was being built. In 1600, the Grand Mosque of Baghdad was built up and Sultan Abdul-MuhaiminIbn Nuquad built up the infrastructure and economy from 1600-1632. In 1622-1632, the Interim Government took over and continued the Sultan’s policies of peace, until the Aeyptian War took place (1626-1629) The Sultan’s son, Asim Asad Ibn Nquad was the general of the Manssuryian force in Aegypt and the chief Mansurryian diplomat of The Treaty of Alexandria, which lead to the creation of the Red Sea Governate and the Southern Sinai Governate. Now two years later, Asim’s father has died, and Asim is the new Sultan. Because The Aegyptian War and the Treaty of Alexandria brought wealth, land, power, and glory to Manssuryia, and brought the approval and the love of his father, Sultan Asim Asad Ibn Nquad believes that having a strong military is the key to the success of the Sultanate, and thus begins a massive military build up throughout the nation and to all mainland vassals. With our 100th anniversary, we elect Sultan Abuil Mulalmin Ibn Nquad as the new leading Sultan of the UIN). The ten year plan is complete. With the ten year plan complete, we are fully mobolized for war, and the Sultan declares war on Yemen, declaring that Yemen has been a thorn in the Sultanate's side for far too long, and that its destruction will benefit Manssuryia. (Casus belli: Attacking to assert political hegemony over the Middle East) We begin an extensive military campaign to crush the Persian rebellion.After five years of military build up we declare war on the OTL Sultanate of Zanzibar. 
 * Southern Persia: Infrastructure build up is complete. We now go back to building up military.
 * Oman: Military build up restarts.
 * Queshm Island: Military is built up.
 * Milh: The Governor was installed one year ago during the transnational period between independence and complete vassalization, and now we are officially under the control of the Mansurryian Sultanate. We are now greeted with the traditional vassalage welcome of the Sultanate-Implementation of the Mosque Model. Mil turn. With our unique blend of Omanese and Alexandrian culture, we are known as a safe haven for Christians in the Sultanate. We are also known hustling and bustling trading port in the Mansurryian Gulf (OTL Persian Gulf) and we start to receive Urdustani goods from the exclusive trade offer established between Mansurryia (as well as the Indian League, Hispania, and Rome) during the Declaration of 1593. Now that it is the year 1600, we open up our port, Milh, access will be proposed, negotiated, accepted or declined under Mansurryian diplomacy.
 * As a result of the land exchange for Masirah and trading rights, Yemen cedes part of Yemeni Eritrea to us, consisting of OTL Djibouti, and we found the port city of New Baghdad (OTL Djibouti City) as the colony's capital. The colony of New Baghdad also includes Ali Sabielh, as a sort of inland capital to administer New Baghdad's interior, as well as a jump start point for expansion. The Colonial Governor is in charge of New Baghdad, and is met with the traditional Mansurryian welcome of the Mosque Model. (This is especially symbolic since the Mosque Model was introduced to Old Baghdad (Manssuryian Sultanate) 70 years ago. The Mosque Model works like this: Mosques are the centre of the town, and as the centre of each markets and homes are built around the mosques, thus creating towns. As new towns are created roads are created between them, thus fueling the economy. The money used from the economy boom is used to build new mosques, which makes the cycle go all over again. Other results include rise in Sunni Islam and support for the governor. A plan for a road between New Baghdad and Ali Sabieh is being worked out, as well as a plan to connect Addis Ababa, Ali Sabieh and New Baghdad. Wells, along with mosques, are constructed. We expand 50 px inland. We start trading with Romanian Somalia.
 * Southern Suez Governate: With the annexation of Sharm El Sheik and the surrounding area in Southern Suez, we set up Sharm El Sheik as the capital, and we implement the Mosque Model with the intention of it becoming a major port as well.
 * Mansurryian Dip: We request that the nations of Damascas and Dacia help us in our war with Yemen.
 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,200,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Cava hits the age of 57, with her son, Huascar (32), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother,Maitia (24), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (17)
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,300,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,000,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 60,000.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1675, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 45, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 45, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 56, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669). Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 35, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Pearl River after the outpost itself.
 * In Pskov: Stuff happens, mostly economic dev.
 * In Eesti: Stuff happens, mostly military dev.
 * In Latvia: Stuff happens, mostly economy dev.
 * In Lithuania: The first elections happen in the whole of the republic, and the State council officially hands power over to the Seimas. The Seimas takes measures to improved defence and the fleet
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig, the people and trade with west Danzig and Croatia improve the economy.
 * In Belorussia, The Pskovian army continues to install their order in the naiton, although slowly, they begin withdrawing to Pskov itself and leaving the administration to local authorities.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company continues to bring new settlers, and build their navy to protect form pirates. The Integrated Polish colonies are an invaluable asset, giving more area to grow cash crops and make rum and sugar.
 * The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the commonfolk, too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov University and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.

1676
''' In Rome, Pope Sixtus V dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Milanese Benedetto Odescalchi is elected Pope. In the fashion of Julius II, he does not take a Papal name, thus becoming known as Benedict XVI. '''

Apparently, the mod page does not exist, right?--Collie Kaltenbrunner (talk) 07:10, November 4, 2014 (UTC)

'''There was a new page made and you were sent an email with the confirmation of it. -Feud''' Posting for Rimp this turn via request. Saturn (Talk/Blog) 00:16, November 5, 2014 (UTC)
 * Damascan Sultanate: Sultan Sulimen V takes over at the age of 19. He celebrates his 51st birthday and promotes migration to Damascus (دمشق) as it now numbers 405,000. Damascus has grown huge now, and continues to as it is now the largest city in the Damascan Sultanate. The military is expanded. Antioch's (أنطاكية) population grows to 245,000. The people continue to rally toward Islam. As an Arab nation now begins to enter the land with good Turkish relations the people seem to be happier. We continue modernizing and upgrading our guns. The total census of the Damascan Sultanate has risen to 27.1 million. Karaman and Damascus become friends again, as the governments see their wrongdoings, all Turks are promised haven in Damascan lands once again and won't be moved to foreign nations. Diyabakir begins to take shine to the sultanate. Ankara remains strongly independent, as having the largest Turkic population, and will not be as easily swayed. Relations with Urdustan and Mansuriyya are increased. Light flintlock muskets are heavily in use and well advanced; designing guns that are faster, more efficient, and lighter. Jerusalem (القدس) grows to 270,000. Prince Sulimen VI is now 26. Prince Sulimen VI has a son with Princess Aasmaa he is named Sulimen VII. Damascus and Suri enter a Dynastic Union. We send camel riders into center Arabia to begin exploring the edges. We increase relations with the Suri Empire and Demak Sultanate. We continue to help the Kingdom of Nubia become Islamic, we send more holymen to spread the word of Muhammad and God. Sulimen VII is 6. We give an enclave to the Suri Empire.
 * Karamanian Sultanate (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Karaman works on increasing relations with the Damascan proper to merge into the empire once again. Karaman expands military. Karamania merges into Damascan proper.
 * Diyabakir (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The new vassal joins the Damascan Sultanate. They fear the growing power of the Roman Empire, with Damascus now requesting an NAP they feel safer in a sense. Diyabakir expands its infrastructure. The vassal merges into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Southern Azerbaijan (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Military expands. Borders are re-inforced and patrolled. Azerbaijan after 65-70 years of Damascan influence, the region is somewhat Muslim-Turk with the majority of the previous Orthodox Christians moving to Armenia. Troops are sent to re-inforce the vassal. Azerbaijan now is 80% Muslim, as more holy men are sent in to spread the true word. Southern Azerbaijan is merged into the Damascan Sultanate.
 * Aleppraqht (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Trade is increased and now extravagantly reaching Africa has made Aleppraqht a vital economic trading area on the coast of Eritrea. Census is taken totaling: 50,000. Economy expands. Ships are constructed.
 * Dhubab (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): The vassal remains to be a key focal point for the exit of the Philadelphi Canal. Economy and infrastructure expands. With the small 10 px expansion in Africa, Dhubab now strengthens its hold as the jewel of the Sanaamarib Strait. Ships are constructed.
 * Cairo (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): Economy and infrastructure expands. Cairo's (القاهرة) population rises to 325,000. As many of the Muslims throughout Aegypt now face fealty under Roman rulership flock to the great Muslim city, in haven to be in an Islamic community. We continue expanding the port city, on the small bit of coast to be connected with Damascan proper. Ships are constructed. Cairo becomes an official vassal.
 * Sanaamarib (vassal of the Damascan Sultanate): With the new province in Yemen being swathed, the Sultan Sulimen V begins extensive trade routes with the vassal in Africa. We expand military. Ports are constructed, and a navy is continued to be built. Ships are constructed. Centralization begins and the differences of culture begins to splice.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. Troops late in the year are begun to mobilized from South Vietnam, meeting up with Dutch military ships in The area.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. Troops late in the year are begun to mobilized from the area, meeting up with Dutch military ships in The area.
 * Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son in law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan.. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 170,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). We expand our military and with the new technology to produce arms faster, we begin to produce better cannons. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued with Urdustan.
 * Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: On the journey to their new home, the citizens elect Admiral Abduhl Achbaar as wāli. His first order of business is to build a larger port and fortify the town. Economy is expanded and we offer trade to Rome.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
 * Chippewa: The militar improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
 * Mackinac: The military improves.
 * Odawa: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves.
 * Nipissing: The military improves.

Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii continues (5 px)
 * The Kiatagmiut Band expands along the coastal regions of the Togiagmiut Band, reaching nearly as far as the Iilogayaq River and the village of Curyung. We begin extensive forays into Alutiiq lands and start to investigate Nanvarpak, a lake that let's out into Tikhtnu (Cook Inlet). The emphasis on trade remains. We also work to help the Nivkh sailors that are lost but seem to promise great technological advancements. Plans are still made to bring them to Mamterilleq.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz. Meanwhile, Urraca de Távora gives birth to a boy, who is named Antônio.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * Wu China: Military is improved.
 * ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups however seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still continue to make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn 13 out of 20) Due to the large growing season we have a surplus in crops. With this surplus of food the population booms. More Jewish people migrate to our nation to gain freedom that other countries do not give out. Borivoj Andel starts to write his second book about religion and how it is corrupt. This year we spend less on military and more on education. We start to build more schools and a college in the capital city of Prague. We encourage more people to get educated.
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy
 * I just noticed this, but, Lusatia doesn't exist. It didn't revolt and part of it is mine, so I doubt you can somehow conjure it out of thin air -Sky
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform begins.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the King and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HKRM (Hrvatska Kraljevska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.


 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea, and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 *  ​' Ming China:' The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war ends with the capture of Natchez and creation of the vassal Kingdom of Cahokie under French control and the beginning of the population by French settlers.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
 * French Mali: Missions continue to be built. Slaves, cotton, and sugar regularly flow out of Malian ports to France and to the American colonies. Major cities continue to be developed to a modern extent. Roads are built to local villages for better administrative work, and it allows for greater numbers of missionaries to safely travel, though few go far inland due to disease so many local converts are used as missionaries, but this does create the unwanted by-product of a greater liberalism in conversions, allowing for greater syncretism and blasphemy but less religious friction.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military build up following the defeat of the rebels. General Galegenoh completes the fort in the north eastern stronghold of Amadahy to garrison troops as he builds up his forces for the campaign bring the chaotic land east of the Cherokee (anyone know its name? it isn't labelled on the map). King Degataga largely dedicates this year to organizing his government as they rush to modernize the nation. As winter starts General Galegenoh sends a small raiding party to the eastern nation in civil dissarray, in order to assess the strength of the local forces. Fortunately they are weak and the Cherokee nation expands 200 sq km eastward into the nation as the area raided is pacified and annexed into the nation.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1676, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 46, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 46, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 57, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669). Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 36, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Pearl River after the outpost itself.
 * In Pskov: Stuff happens, mostly economic dev.
 * In Eesti: Stuff happens, mostly military dev.
 * In Latvia: Stuff happens, mostly economy dev.
 * In Lithuania: The first elections happen in the whole of the republic, and the State council officially hands power over to the Seimas. The Seimas takes measures to improved defence and the fleet
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig, the people and trade with west Danzig and Croatia improve the economy.
 * In Belorussia: The Pskovian army continues to install their order in the naiton, although slowly, they begin withdrawing to Pskov itself and leaving the administration to local authorities.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Continues to bring new settlers, and build their navy to protect form pirates. The Integrated Polish colonies are an invaluable asset, giving more area to grow cash crops and make rum and sugar.
 * The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: Continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the commonfolk, too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov University and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are developed.

1677

 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure and its subjects expand their economies.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable build up in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.


 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war ends with the capture of Natchez and creation of the vassal Kingdom of Cahokie under French control and the beginning of the population by French settlers.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
 * French Mali: Development of core cities continues, but due to recent work done most cities worth renovating have already been renovated, so the colonial government decides to use some of the funds to build several more frontier outposts and have them manned by African mercenaries. The minority of Frenchmen remains minute but growing, almost exclusively on the coast, and as a result small mulatto communities begin to develop as well. Cotton and sugar plantations continue to be built, improving the colony's economic value and making it less reliant on our main export: slaves. After years of liberal missionary work many villages around administrative centers have some majority of Christians, but many people who claim to be so barely fit the definition, as the Faith has been blended with savage customs and Islamic teachings in rural areas.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Our roads are starting to make a good return and our long time investment into hightening our trade is proving good for Ayutthaya. Roads to the south have increased our local relations with the Malay living in the region. We increase our construction of our navy and we develop a backup navy if our first one fails to protect Nicobar.
 * Lanna: Joining Lanna back up with Ayutthaya has been post-poned and we see the need to maintain a good income and relation with the region. We will eventually be re-joining the region however.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: We are happy to announce the completetion of the Ayutthayan Nicobaran Fort. It is now active and we are doing lots of training on the region. We are also increasing our relation with the natives whose population continues to grow rapidly. We also continue developing schools and multi-story buildings to accomodate the quickly growing population, which has now reached 163,000 people.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route. [Mil/Eco Turn]


 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still continue to make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn 15 out of 20) Due to the large growing season we have a surplus in crops. With this surplus of food the population booms. More Jewish people migrate to our nation to gain freedom that other countries do not give out. Borivoj Andel continues to write his second book about religion and how it is corrupt. This year we spend less on military and more on education. We continue to build more schools and a college in the capital city of Prague. We encourage more people to get educated.
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Alojz's son Aleksandar Ivaniš (Alejandro Juanito) is born.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * Netherlands: The old King Johann passes away in his sleep to the mourning of the nation. His eldest son Maurice is proclaimed Maurice II of the Netherlands at the age of 16. The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political enviorment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightented circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influencial among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of otl John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economicly. Under the guidence of the new States-General lead by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and sicentific development continues in the Netherlands lead by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking throuh a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Archetiecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the oppurtunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews its efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grows.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 14,000 white settlers and some 9000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.


 * The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military build up as. General Galegenoh pushes eastward into the chaotic land east of the Cherokee (anyone know its name? it isn't labelled on the map). King Degataga sends more support as the Cherokee nation expands 250 sq km eastward into the nation as the areas raided and pacified by Cherokee forces. The territories are then annexed into the nation.
 * Hail, great Von. I kindly inform you that the "nation" east of you is not actually a nation, but merely unorganized ex-Cahokian territory and should be treated as such. Good day. -Sky
 * Thank you Sky! ~Von


 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,200,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Cava hits the age of 57, with her son, Huascar (32), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother,Maitia (24), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (17) The city of Hauri is schedualed to be rebuilt.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,300,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,000,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 60,000.


 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
 * Chippewa: The militar improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
 * Mackinac: The military improves.
 * Odawa: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves.
 * Nipissing: The military improves.
 * Wu China: Military.


 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea, and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. Expansion into inland Antillia begins again now that most of the natives are allies of the Roman state. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The Scandinavian Empire declares war on Suesquehannah. Iceland joins too. The vassals and colonies improve their infrastructures. Will add details and embroidery later.
 * County of Oldenburg: The army is built up, and a second regiment is sent to the Borealian colonies. Neu Juist expands 200 km South down the peninsula.
 * Prince-Bishopric of Osnabruck: The entire city of osnabruck comes to life for the 100th annual Buhnefest. The Fairy King is performed for the 100th time, with the entire audience taking part, including the Prince-Bishop, making a cameo appearance as the Fairy King himself. The entire Regency Council of Oldenburg attends the festival, and all are very much amused.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1677, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 47, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 47, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert I, age 58, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Margrave Albert marries Brandenburger Merchant's daughter Elisabeta Mittendau in February. A daughter is born in early January, whom the Margrave names Klara. Margrave Albert has two children: Albert (born 1660), Johann (born 1668), and Klara (born 1669). Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Albert I dies in 1677, and is succeeded by his son, who becomes Albert II.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 37, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Pearl River after the outpost itself.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. The Japanese/Dutch ships fire on Aceh,cfor trading rights and to improve our economy.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. Troops late in the year are begun to mobilized from the area, meeting up with Dutch military ships in The area.
 * Hispania:  The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii continues (5 px). The Privateers are continually hired against the French.


 * ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups however seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues to expand into the lands of the Togiagmiut peoples, reaching as far as the boundary with the Nushagagmiut peoples. At this point in time, the Band is quite strong and is able to expand with much greater rapidity. This is due to the soaring birth rate, which has been augmented by the constant supply of fresh, domesticated foods. Transportation is easier than ever before, as roads criss-cross the most densely populated Kiatagmiut regions. Meanwhile, the domestication of the walrus continues to become extremely beneficial to the Band as a whole. Interestingly enough, however, this domestication begins to take the form of private domestication. That is, people are domesticating their own wild walruses. Those who domesticate privately do much better than those working for the Band, so the Amellrutaq intends to convene next year to discern the root causes of this discrepancy. Trade by qayaq continues at the outposts at Agdaaĝux̂ and Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’. Finally, we continue to interact with the Alutiiq. This year, the lost sailor I'mlos'taga'in is contacted at OTL St. Paul Island by our qayaqs and is brought to Mamterilleq as a captive.
 * In Pskov: Stuff happens, mostly economic dev.
 * In Eesti: Stuff happens, mostly military dev.
 * In Latvia: Stuff happens, mostly economy dev.
 * In Lithuania: The first elections happen in the whole of the republic, and the State council officially hands power over to the Seimas. The Seimas takes measures to improved defence and the fleet
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig, the people and trade with west Danzig and Croatia improve the economy.
 * In Belorussia: The Pskovian army continues to install their order in the naiton, although slowly, they begin withdrawing to Pskov itself and leaving the administration to local authorities.
 * The Pskov Imperial Company: Continues to bring new settlers, and build their navy to protect form pirates. The Integrated Polish colonies are an invaluable asset, giving more area to grow cash crops and make rum and sugar.
 * The PIC possession of Zlatobrezhie: Continues its gold production. The New Governor approves of a program in which the old African Nobility will come get a European education, and then be allowed to take up higher administrative posts, much akin to the ones they had almost 40 years ago, instad of being limited. The Russian language begins to spread amongst the commonfolk, too, and the economy slightly improves, as stuff grows and trade with Pskovian merchants. Some new farming methods are adopted, and agriculture becomes more efficient. Anyone wealthy enough is offered a place at the Pskov University and Pskov academies, but talk emerges to instead of sending people to Pskov, to send the schools and build schools in Zlatobrezhie. it is an intriguing idea that the Governor decides to take up with the Grand Princess next time he sees her. More missionaries are sent to convert the populace to orthodoxy, but are ordered not to be aggressive, as not to incite disorder.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.
 *  Imperial Vassal of Mongolia:'  Military and economy are developed.
 * Ethiopia: We build up our military, gain prestige with Nubia, and bring up trade with Dacian Somalia.
 * Amhari: We expand west and gain a lot of land. Most of the tribes peacefully integrate, as the government style is more comfortable for them.

1678
Privateering between France and Spain continue as private companies and some admirals hire out ships to pirate each others trade routes.

The Barbary pirates boldly petition the Spanish royal government in Algiers to allow their re-establishement under the Empire.

A Dutch Ship undergoes an attack by Privateer force from the French and Spanish and successfully fights them off in a major engagement that becomes reknown for its innovative naval tactics.

Issues crop up over conflicting claims over Danzig with Pskov, Croatia, and France all claiming the territory or special rights within the city, escalating tensions in the area to high levels.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. The Japanese/Dutch ships fire on Aceh for trading rights and to improve our economy.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. Troops late in the year are begun to mobilized from the area, meeting up with Dutch military ships in The area.
 * Biak: The colony expands by 20px.
 * Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, upto 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 *  ​' Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 175,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire. We request 24 pixels from the Demak Sultanate' to build a port(around your northern island) to help expand our...business...ventures.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). Opium dens become popular. Our economy is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued with Urdustan.
 * Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: Wāli Abduhl Achbaar continues to expand Port Hejaz's infrastructure. Our navy is expanded to 12 ships from our original 10. We continue to offer trade with Rome.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * Ayutthaya:   We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Dramatic military expansion is underway and we use large amounts of our savings to pay for an increase in military, especially large ground forces.


 * Lanna: Lanna has now been officially re-joined with Ayutthaya with complete annexation. This is followed with a large amount of military activity and Ayutthayan influence in the region.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar:  The population of Nicobar increases and we continue our trade and open transport between both Ayutthayan Nicobar and Lankan Islands in the Nicobar. The Thai population alone in Nicobar reaches 184,000. This is followed with large expansion into the central mountain regions, and lots of land clearance. We continue to expand our military and naval bases on Nicobar.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band starts to expand into the Nushagagmiut lands, bringing them the most advanced latest in technology as we move along. An increased emphasis is placed on integration and repopulation. At this point in time, the Band is quite strong and is able to expand with much greater rapidity. The old Great Elder, Taktuq, dies after many years in power. He entrusts his office to his son, Aklaq, and when a small group of Togiagmiuts oppose this succession, he assures his position by a demostration of force. The Amellrutaq meets and decides that, due to the benefits of individual domestication, that all walrus domestication from now on is to be done by private individuals as opposed to the Band as a whole. Then, the Band will pay these individuals from the tribal supplies. This policy is really popular and helps speed up the domestication process immensely. Trade by qayaq continues at the outposts at Agdaaĝux̂ and Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’. Finally, we continue to interact with the Alutiiq. This year, the lost sailor I'mlos'taga'in arrives in Mamterilleq and the most intelligent Kiatagmiuts start to learn his language and customs. He starts to teach about a system of writing that is completely foreign to the Kiatagmiuts and the new Great Elder, Aklaq, locks him up as a political prisoner.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still continue to make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn 16 out of 20) Due to the large growing season we have a surplus in crops. With this surplus of food the population booms. More Jewish people migrate to our nation to gain freedom that other countries do not give out. Borivoj Andel continues to write his second book about religion and how it is corrupt. This year we spend less on military and more on education. We continue to build more schools and a college in the capital city of Prague. We encourage more people to get educated. We start to build a university in the capital city of Prague.
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military build up as General Galegenoh pushes eastward into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. King Degataga sends more support as the Cherokee nation expands 200 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory as the areas raided and pacified by Cherokee forces are annexed into the nation.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii continues (5 px). The Privateers are continually hired against the French.


 * ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups however seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Economy turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Alojz's second son Konstantin Nelipac is born. With the Bajan creating tensions over Gdanjsk, the Sabor suggests to call up the French and Pskovians to discuss the issues.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.


 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand eastward by 50 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war ends with the capture of Natchez and creation of the vassal Kingdom of Cahokie under French control and the beginning of the population by French settlers.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
 * French Mali: Development of core cities continues, but due to recent work done most cities worth renovating have already been renovated, so the colonial government decides to use some of the funds to build several more frontier outposts and have them manned by African mercenaries. The minority of Frenchmen remains minute but growing, almost exclusively on the coast, and as a result small mulatto communities begin to develop as well. Cotton and sugar plantations continue to be built, improving the colony's economic value and making it less reliant on our main export: slaves. After years of liberal missionary work many villages around administrative centers have some majority of Christians, but many people who claim to be so barely fit the definition, as the Faith has been blended with savage customs and Islamic teachings in rural areas.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * Mangut Nivkhgu Nation expands 10,000 sq km northward in Kamchatka. Heilar traders are welcomed to the palace in Nendaqo with great fanfare and emissaries are sent to spread the Nivkh pastry tradition in the Heilar Khanate. Population grows rapidly in the city of Adaqo grows quickly due to the plentiful fish stocks in the Ale'ut islands - but with no word from the great navigator I'mlos'taga'in, many rumors circulate about the fate of his Northern Voyage. One of the more prominent rumors claims that the navigator and his crew were magically turned into walruses by angry sea spirits and have in fact returned to Adaqo begging the locals to shift them back to human form - this leads to much bizarre behavior regarding walruses and other marine mammals, much to the consternation of local law enforcement. On Sakhalin Island - life is incredibly boring except for one reported incident involving a very angry male Reindeer, the details of which shall not be reported in this journal due to the fact that young children may be reading. In the Northwestern forests, the radical Mastarovan settlement has grown greatly in size and has begun sending preachers across the border into the frontier of the Tartary, which they perceive as their spritual homeland. The most prominent of these preachers, an ascetic mystic whom his followers call "The Starving One" due to his penchant for extreme fasting, preaches that "humans can only experience true liberation when subjected not to kings, but to the true laws of the Mastarova!".
 * Heilar response needed.
 * Kiatagmiut response needed.
 * Tartary response needed.
 * Wu China: Military increases occur along with minor reforms in our military and construction in the capital.


 * Tawatinsuyu: Within the Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. A great mourning is spread across the empire as the news is broken that Apaec the Conqueror has died of a European disease. After a lengthy debate within the empire's elite, the sister of Apaec, Cava, is put on the throne, taking the title "Sapa Inca, Empress of Peru and her peoples." While many elites believe she will continue to take a backseat in government like she did as a princess, they are mistaken. Cava sets to work continuing her brother's reforms. One such reform is to elevate Chiribaya from a vassal to its own empire. She places herself on the throne as the Empress of Chiribaya, forming the Empire of Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at 5,300,000, with the largest city being Cuzco (140k), then Peru (75k), Machu Picchu (60k), Chimu (50k) Sican (30k) and New Burgundy (25k). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Cava hits the age of 57, with her son, Huascar (32), set to take the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother,Maitia (24), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (17) The city of Hauri is schedualed to be rebuilt.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,300,000.
 * Hanan Peru: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed and preparations are made to join the Peruvian Confederation as the Empire of Peru alongside Collaquimbaya. Population stands at 1,200,000.
 * Collaquimbaya: Expansion program begins. Population stands at 70,000.
 * In Pskov, tensions rise with the French over their ownership and the very ambiguous nature of the city of Danzig's status. While the city itself is outside direct influence of the New Veche, the members almost unanimously agree that in order to quell tensions and prevent a war between two empires, a peaceful, diplomatic solution must be reached. The economy and production capacity of the nation grow as the more succesful entrepreneurs increase their investments into training and acquiring more assets. THe GDP rises along with average wages. The Veche passes a law, in accordance with tradition, banning the displacement of people temporarily in order to facilitate the census from the 1st of January of 1680 to  the 31st of July of 1680. PreThe New Veche hopes that the new perations for the census are made, as the local branches of the Ministry of Statistics prepare to go around the nation and count the people living in it. New estimates put the population of the city of Pskov at over or near 400 000 people. In any case, the Pskovian people go about their lives, many preparing to be censused once more. With the aging of the Supreme Princess Elena, the issue of how to go about selecting electors is brought up by the Veche. With the Establishment of the National Duma in Belarus, all of the Union of Konigsberg nations have left the direct control of Pskov, while indirect control still exists. However, because of this, if the current system of election continues, with 1000 members from Pskov chosing, this will likely create problems with ... well ... local Members of Parliaments in the other UK Nations might react adversely to not being allowed a voice in the election. The economic growth of the nations has allowed the refurbishing of the old navy, and construction of more and more merchant navy and war navy boats, increasing Pskov's naval power. the Nizhegorodsk-na-Narve Arsenal prides itself as the world's "most effective shipyard". It is also one of the largest in the Nation. The Members of the New Veche (MNVs) are happy that the situation in Danzig did not escalate yet to violence, and as they feel responsible for the other Union Nations, want to act as a beacon fo peace in the issue, although some are not happy with the "administrative privilege" given to the Croats(most of them were also against ratifying the treaty fo Bratislava. In any case, The Posadnik of Pskov decides to organize and official meeting of all the Heads of Government of the Union of Konigsberg, which, after many months of planning, happens in Riga on the 6th of October. There, the first issue of Electors is brought up, including the issue with Danzig that is angering many United Republic citizens, many considering Danzig still a core of the Republic.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti: reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripherally involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whantot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
 * In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are imrpoved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov, and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocatic privilleges in favour of wealth privilleges(that many nobles got becaus ethey were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
 * In Belorussia, the first elections for the National Duma are taking place, and Nikula Minskiy is chosen as the Head of the Duma, thier chosen name for the head of government. Pskovian influence is still large, however, as many economic laws are written with them in mind, and the banking system so intertwined. In the meanwhile, however, the Belorussian Duma decides to take an active interest in Danzig, as depending on how the issue resolves itself, may be very vollatile, and affect them directly, as they were part of the treaty that gave Administrative Privilleges to Croatia...the reason they got them in the first place. Meanwhile, Military is updated, as the first flintlocks are purchsed from pskovina weaponsmiths.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
 * Chippewa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
 * Mackinac: The military improves.
 * Odawa: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves.
 * Nipissing: The military improves.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1678, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 48, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has three children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 48, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 18, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 38, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Pearl River after the outpost itself.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are developed.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are developed.

1679
In Belorussia, the first elections for the National Duma are taking place, and Nikula Minskiy is chosen as the Head of the Duma, thier chosen name for the head of government. Pskovian influence is still large, however, as many economic laws are written with them in mind, and the banking system so intertwined. In the meanwhile, however, the Belorussian Duma decides to take an active interest in Danzig, as depending on how the issue resolves itself, may be very vollatile, and affect them directly, as they were part of the treaty that gave Administrative Privilleges to Croatia...the reason they got them in the first place. Meanwhile, Military is updated, as the first flintlocks are purchsed from pskovina weaponsmiths. Posting for Rimp via request. Saturn (Talk/Blog) 00:49, November 8, 2014 (UTC)
 * In Pskov, tensions rise with the French over their ownership and the very ambiguous nature of the city of Danzig's status. While the city itself is outside direct influence of the New Veche, the members almost unanimously agree that in order to quell tensions and prevent a war between two empires, a peaceful, diplomatic solution must be reached. The Economy and Production capacity of the nation grow as the more succesful entrepreneurs increase their investments into training and acquiring more assets. THe GDP rises along with average wages. The Veche passes a law, in accordance with tradition, banning the displacement of people temporarily in order to facilitate the census from the 1st of January of 1680 to the 31st of July of 1680. PreThe New Veche hopes that the new perations for the census are made, as the local branches of the Ministry of Statistics prepare to go around the nation and count the people living in it. New estimates put the population of the city of Pskov at over or near 400 00 people. In any case, the Pskovian people go about their lives, many preparing to be censused once more. With the aging of the Supreme Princess Elena, the issue of how to go about selecting electors is brought up by the Veche. With the Establishment of the National Duma in Belarus, all of the Union of Konigsberg nations have left the direct control of Pskov, while indirect control still exists. However, because of this, if the current system of election continues, with 1000 members from Pskov chosing, this will likely create problems with ... well ... local Members of Parliaments in the other UK Nations might react adversely to not being allowed a voice in the election. The economic growth of the nations has allowed the refurbrishing of the old navy, and construction of more and more merchant navy and war navy boats, increasing Pskov's naval power. the Nizhegorodsk-na-Narve Arsenal prides itself as the world's "most effective shipyard". It is also one of the largest in the Nation. The Members of the New Veche (MNVs) are happy that the situation in Danzig did not escalate yet to violence, and as they feel responsible for the other Union Naitons, want to act as a beacon fo peace in the issue, although some are not happy with the "administrative privillege" given to the Croats(most of them were also against rattifying the treaty fo Bratislava. In any case, The Posadnik of Pskov decides to organize and official meeting of all the Heads of Government of the Union of Konigsberg, which, after many months of planning, happens in Riga on the 6th of October. There, the first issue of Electors is brought up, including the issue with Danzig that is angering many United Republic citizens, many considering Danzig still a core of the Republic.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti reacts with indifference to the tensions building up in Danzig. "It's not really our problem, let the United Republic deal with it" is the general sentiment to people that either know about it, or are peripheraly involved, like the Riigikogu. In any case the military is upgraded with flintlocks and whantot. The Peaminister of Eesti agrees to meet in Riga, and attends what he dubbed the "Grand Summit".
 * In Latvia, economic dev happens as farming methods are improved, and Pskovina merchants invest in possible future profits. The President of the Seima attends the Grand Summit
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov, and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocatic privilleges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care of the fate of the "lesser" nobility). In any case, the Prussian army waits at the gates of Danzig, hoping to gain access to the city. However, the French do not let them in, and refuse to give taxes, as Danzig belonging to France is not official in any treaty, but rather de facto. This is due to the change in administration, and the public outcry by the new leader of the Bundestag. In any case, this might actually harm some people, so many prussians living in cities watch the situation with great care ... or at least try to in the era of information traveling very slowly. The Chancellor attends the Grand Summit.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. A Japanese colonialist named Yokohama comes to the court of the Emperor Yoshi II. He is tried for disloyalty to the emperor and not worshiping Shinto. He dies after a long, painful, tortuous death. The minorities, as well as unhappy colonists and non-Shinto followers, launch a military coup on the capital. The emperor, a follower of the samurai, had lost a fight with another person. This meant to Yoshi II to commit suicide in a ritual, surrounded by many loyalists. However, as he died without a heir, someone had to become the new one. After some more fighting, the opposition wins and transforms Japan into a monarchal empire, with Yokohama's son Yokohama II, as emperor. However, Due to recent reports that the economy is falling, Emperor Yokohama II is poisoned by bad wine, brought from Spanish merchants. His son, Horiyōshi Yokohama III, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the unorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, known to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. The Japanese/Dutch ships fire on Aceh for trading rights and to improve our economy.
 * Ainu (Vassal of Japan): The economy is improved. Trade ships are starting to be built, so the Ainu can trade more with Japan and their companions.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Colony of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 50 ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1676.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs.
 * Taiwan (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * North Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto.
 * South Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get 2 year compulsory military training and then a 5 year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to South Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. Troops late in the year are begun to mobilized from the area, meeting up with Dutch military ships in The area.
 * Biak: The colony expands by 20px.
 * Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy, therefore importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: With the defeat of the guerrilla forces in Hailar, Manchu control over the state was set up. The Emperor Qing Fúlín Shùnzhì, appointed Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon as the Governor of the state who in turn introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, upto 5000 men were recruited into the military. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 *  '  Demak Sultanate:'  (TheOldGodPan asked me to post since his computer is in the shop). We start expanding our military and continue to raise a fleet. We start vassalizing the territory to our north (Turn One of Three).
 * Suri Empire: Sultan Asad Khan Lari weds his daughter, Princess Aasmaa to Prince Sulimen VI of The Damascan Sultanate, creating a dynastic rule. Sultan Asad Khan Lari, after seeing immediate success of opium in Multan, he promotes the production of cannabis (indica) Border patrols continue. We continue to expand our military, bringing it to 175,000. The sultan sends a permanent unit to defend (OTL) Fort Landi Kotal. After years of research, the students of Kahn Pir Islam developed a method to produce firearms at a much higher rate. Friendly relations with Urdustan and Lanka continue. Missions are sent into Tibet to spread the word of The Prophet Mohamed and Allah, they also assist in the construction of roads. The Sultan promotes local governors who are loyal to the thrown to lead all vassals of the Empire. We request 24 pixels from the Demak Sultanate to build a port (around your northern island) to help expand our...business...ventures. Ships can be seen leaving our port with mysterious cargo.
 * Marwar (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Military expanded and borders are heavily patrolled. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Delhi (vassal of the Suri Empire): Promotes Islamic growth. Infrastructure is expanded. With the construction of (OTL) Fatehpuri Masjid brings in Muslims from all over south east Asia. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper. Positive trading continued with Urdustan.
 * Multan (vassal of the Suri Empire): Wāli Ahkeen Farooqui promotes the growth of tobacco and poppy (opium). Opium dens become popular. Our economy is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri proper and positive trading is continued with Urdustan. We request Urdustani ships to help protect our trade into Indonesia and The Philippines 
 * Ladakh (vassal of the Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: Wāli Abduhl Achbaar continues to expand Port Hejaz's infrastructure. Our navy is expanded to 12 ships from our original 10. We continue to offer trade with Rome.
 * Bohemia: A border control team is on the border to protect our nation. Each trooper checks each person coming into the nation. The military trains our troops harder the same way the Spartans did. Farming and blacksmithing are our most important industries. Some people mine. We continue to fix up the roads and build more outposts. We continue to build new churches and fix up the old ones. Due to a white peace with Poland nobody loses land. We still continue to make Poland an enemy of the state. We continue to pay Croatia 10,000 continuing from now for 20 years to repay for Polish lands that were damaged in the war. (Turn 17 out of 20) Due to the large growing season we have a surplus in crops. With this surplus of food the population booms. More Jewish people migrate to our nation to gain freedom that other countries do not give out. Borivoj Andel continues to write his second book about religion and how it is corrupt. This year we spend less on military and more on education. We continue to build more schools and a college in the capital city of Prague. We encourage more people to get educated. We start to build a university in the capital city of Prague.
 * Silesia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Moravia: We build up our military and economy.
 * Lusatia: We build up our military and economy.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200k strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports, and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland through the land corridor given by cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is fastly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150k soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125k from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25k from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20k from Jamaica and 30k from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this through the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The war ends with the capture of Natchez and creation of the vassal Kingdom of Cahokie under French control and the beginning of the population by French settlers.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and have lost respect at their failure to protect them. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%. The war troops return as the war ends early on the year.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue to be built to outlying villages and plantations continue to be built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to gain followers in the small towns next to Busan and Ulsan.
 * Ming China: The Chinese continue to expand their economy and military.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band continues, under new Great Elder Aklaq, to expand into the Nushagagmiut lands, bringing them the most advanced latest in technology as we move along while an increased emphasis is placed on integration and repopulation. At this point in time, the Band is quite strong and is able to expand with much greater rapidity. This private domestication policy is really popular and helps speed up the domestication process immensely. Trade by qayaq continues at the outposts at Agdaaĝux̂ and Gidighuyghatno’ Xidochagg Qay’. In Mamterilleq, Aklaq is rebuked by the Amellrutaq, who claim that the arrest of I'mlos'taga'in was unfair. Aklaq apologizes and releases the captain, who decides that he will continue to reside in the nation's capital. He continues learning the language of Yugtun, and begins to wonder how he can convert it to written script, like his native tongue.
 * Wu China: Military is improved along with minor reforms and construction in the capital.
 * Ayutthaya: We continue to focus on our rapid modernisation of military and expansion of both defences in Ayutthaya, Lanna and the Ayutthayan Nicobar. We continue to strengthen our relations with The Japanese Empire and Lanka. Dramatic military expansion is underway and we use large amounts of our savings to pay for an increase in military, especially large ground forces. We rapidly mobilise a large amount of our forces for training and we deliver large deposits of gunpowder for both our army and our navy. We put our navy on high alert and we make regular scouting patrols both on land and at sea, particuarly around Lanna and Sukhothai.
 * Lanna: Lanna has now been officially re-joined with Ayutthaya with complete annexation. This is followed with a large amount of military activity and Ayutthayan influence in the region.
 * Ayutthayan Nicobar: The population of Nicobar increases and we continue our trade and open transport between both Ayutthayan Nicobar and Lankan Islands in the Nicobar. The Thai population alone in Nicobar reaches 184,000. This is followed with large expansion into the central mountain regions, and lots of land clearance. We continue to expand our military and naval bases on Nicobar.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. The Emperor returns to the throne after a period of sickness, but finds that much of the administrative decisions of the Empire are still within the council, which refuses to grant them back unless certain demands are met.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights. A grant is given by the Urdustani Emperor for the Swargadeo of Barphanivasa to establish an observatory in the Himalayas. Work begins immediately (Turn One of Five).
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * The Cherokee Nation: Continues its military build up as General Galegenoh pushes eastward into the chaotic unorganized ex-Cahokian territory east of the Cherokee nation. King Degataga sends more support as the Cherokee nation expands 200 sq km eastward into the ex-Cahokian territory as the areas raided and pacified by Cherokee forces are annexed into the nation.
 * MODS can you help me: what is the maximum limit for expanding your home nation in a year? And do we still half that amount if you are expanding into a civil dissarray nation? Just making sure I am expanding as much as possible. Many thanks ~Von.
 * Yes, it's still halved, the maximum is about 10,000 right now if plausible (which means your people have an expressed reason or your economy can support it) and usually we cap at 5000 since almost nobody is ever at full capacity to expand in that fashion. -Feud
 * Thanks for the info Feud, I'll expand more as this war-based expansion grows as support for the war is stepped up ~Von.
 * Netherlands: The old King Johann passes away in his sleep to the mourning of the nation. His eldest son Maurice is proclaimed Maurice II of the Netherlands at the age of 16. The young king vows to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political enviorment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightented circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influencial among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of otl John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economicly. Under the guidence of the new States-General lead by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation  is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and sicentific development continues in the Netherlands lead by the university of Brussels. Trader and scientist Philips van Leeuwenhoek discovers bacteria while looking throuh a microscope his findings are published in the Dutch academic circles (OTL bacteria was discovered by a Dutch in 1676 with the same last name simple doing the honors XD). This is an addition to Pskov's work on biology and opens up the academic circles to greater investment in biology. Archetiecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured Malacca, Brunei, Dutch India, and Sunda are reclassified as Client States of the Company and a majority of Internal autonomy is returned while the Company assumes control of foreign policy and protection of its client states. Demek efforts to improve relations with the East India Company are welcomed and Batavia offers them a trade agreement, a similar policy with Suri is started as well. The Company requests Urdistani permission to begin recruiting Indian troops again, offering good pay and large pensions and land claims upon completion of service. the sale of black slaves to the Indian subcontinent is expanded greatly. Efforts to monopolize the trade routes of the East Indies is started up again. Trade with Lanka and Suri expand. Lanka is offered the oppurtunity to revise the treaty of protection. Efforts to exert influence over The Sumatran states renews its efforts to solidify control over trade in the region grows. Preperations to invade  the southern most sumatran state begin as efforts to solidify dutch control over trade grows.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 14,000 white settlers and some 9000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers coontinue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Grand Croatian Bajanate (Veliki Hrvatski Bajanat): Military turn. The organizational reform continues, and the monetary reform begins, and from now on Croatia will use the "kuna" as the currency. The Sabor reform ends. The educational reform begins with the creation of new universities in Red Croatia, White Croatia and Carantania (and to a lesser extent in Poland) and the blossoming of numerous new writers who, unlike before, adopt an writing style by looking up to the Ancient Greek and Roman writers. The Čudoljubovo University's works are slowly being copied and transfered to Red Croatia, primarily Zadar and Zagreb with both having major universities either built or improved such as the Zagreb University, consisting of natural sciences, philosophy, law and theology (prirodoslovlje, mudroslovlje, pravo i bogoslovlje). Alojz's twin daughters are born. With the Bajan creating tensions over Gdanjsk, the Sabor suggests to call up the French and Pskovians to discuss the issues. The Polish Imperial Isles are introduced into the Grand Bajanate as a colony of the Polish Banate (i.e. They're still under Polish control), but are renamed Isles of the Polish Banate and settlement of Croats in the isles begins.
 * ​Banate of Red Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined. Timurism continues to spread amongst the clergy in Croatia and even the Patriarch of the Brothers of the Raven studies it, noticing potential in it.
 * Polish Banate (Poljski Banat): The Polish Banate grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajanate, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanat Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Banate of White Croatia (Bijelohrvatski Banat): The White Croats spread the White Croat amongst those who still consider themselves not-Croats. Preparations are made to unite with the Red Croats in order to create a fully unified Croatian nation.
 * Podbanate of Carantania (Podbanat Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbanate closer to the Banate.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajanate: The colonizers push inward, expanding onto the unsettled part of the isles. Croats primarily begin settling the new lands.
 * The Empire of Britannia: Many ships are modernized and replaced to keep the British Royal Navy a powerful force on the high seas. Port Edmundburg continues to experience a growth in population. The British Navy continues the construction of frigates and galleons. Plans to upgrade other parts of the navy are continued. Port William expands 1000 sq km around the coast of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola). Several cities including Plymouth and Edinburgh see massive expansion and beautification works. Plymouth sees new brownstone houses to support the growing British middle class. The University of Plymouth sees more intellectuals espousing wild and radical suggestions and begin championing rational though through the whole of Plymouth and into mainland Britannia. London sees a renewal of the arts, with modern architecture being found throughout the city. One artist proposed having ornate and beautiful fountains throughout the city. His plans were accepted as part of an urban renewal plan. Soon the capital of the Empire will be known as the City of Fountains. London sees such a growth and change thanks to the growing wealth of the Empire, the city begins developing a reputation as a forward thinking city entrapped in beauty and thought. The Westminster Exchange begins allowing greater freedom in stocks and adopts the Dutch method of joint stocks. Gerard Pictman creates the first "accurate" projection of the Earth on maps called the Pictman Map Projection. The Empire sees this new map and orders its adaptation. Troops are moved in the Port Katrina area as tensions with neighbors grow. The Spire of St Paul's continues being repaired. After the events of Norwich, the parliament relents and grants greater freedoms to land owners. The nation begins becoming a major center of arms construction. After the recent unrest locally and assassination attempts, the Templar Order is expanded and takes up the protection of the Emperor. Britannia has experienced a "Splendid Isolation" for a large part of the decade, but now the nation once again looks outward. War plans in Borealia are put on indefinite hold as political and economic tensions ease with Scandinavia. Britannic assistance to Croatia in the reforms is permitted. The Empire enacts a new series of reforms designed to better govern the numerous holdings of the Empire. Ships are moved toward Siam. The Academia Canterbrigae is formed as a science institution at Cambridge. The Academia extends contact to the Imperial Society to help in the flow of knowledge. Britannia also fully adopts flintlocks with better firepower and reliability. The armories in Oxfordshire and Berkshire begin to produce these weapons in some quantity. The Academia Canterbrigae releases its first peer reviewed journal, the Commentarium 'Academia Canterbrigae.
 * Calais: Military and navy are expanded. Calais experiences a remodel of its port facilities to help with trade.
 * Eire: The Irish continue to expand the navy and army, even more so due to the strains in Europe.
 * New Dublin: Continues to expand 1000 sq km west and south. A large influx of settlers arrive from Eire.
 * Scotland: Expands navy and military. The Edinburgh Stock Exchange continues to do well.
 * Port Edmundburg: Expands by 1000 sq km south and east down the coast. The African colonists begin looking toward mining and other ventures to generate profit. A new newpaper, the first in a colony, is founded, called the Edmundburg Report. The slave trade begins to boom as exploitation of local minerals reaches a high amount. Slaves are sent to the New World to help boost production.
 * New Cambridgeshire: New Cambridgeshire expands by 1000 sq km west. Colonists begin to explore around the region and begin to have a large fishing boom. The Port of New Oxford is expanded to handle excess ships from Britannia and other European nations. A large influx of settlers arrive from Britannia, fueled by the fears and rumours of war. Due to the recent influx of furs, the local population booms. Shipping also booms as many new merchant vessels are constructed to meet demand. The Borealian colonies all expand inland 1000 sq km.
 * Crown Colony Ghana: More troops are raised from locals. Military and infrastructure are expanded. Most locals now see themselves as loyal British citizens and now fully vote and represent the colonies, Ghana becomes the first Brittannic colony to invoke near self rule, with little regulation from the homeland due to the mutual respect from the others. Any separatist movements are largly ignored.
 * Colony of New Guerney: A flood of immigrants arrives at Port William on the island of New Guerney (OTL Hispaniola) as the colony continues to experience an unprecedented influx of colonists. The colony expands 1000 sq km inland. Several new industries emerge as an increased demand for merchant marine ships rises. The Royal Navy attempts to gain a handle on the piracy situation. However, several small port towns of grown to harbour pirates due to the influx of money.
 * L'nu Nation: The proud L'nu continue to flourish under the wise rule of Britannia. Trade and diplomatic relations are extended to the Scandinavian colonies in the area. The L'nu expand 1000 sq km north. The native populations are treated with a bit more respect as Christian missionaries flood the area.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Political reform continues, with the Ashinabe being granted seats on the Council of Sachems following their incorporation into the Nehilaw domains. The Council is expanded to 26 seats, twelve of which are held by Ashinabe and Chippewa, the remainder by Cree and Oji-Cree Sachems. The military improves, with muskets continuing to be adopted and sloops built for the navy. The navy continues to improve, but it and the merchant marine remain relatively primitive. Merchants are excited by the idea of trading directly with Europe, and interest in finding a harbour to use as a stopping point on the way there grows. Meanwhile, the primitive (nonexistent, almost) shipyards at Nhu Euskadi are modernized. Contact with the Beothuk on Newfoundland leads fishermen to begin fishing the Grand Banks. Igulik becomes a valued harbour, and expands 200 km.
 * Chippewa: The military improves, while numerous Crees immigrate.
 * Mackinac: The military improves.
 * Odawa: The military improves.
 * Chisasibi: The military improves.
 * North Ojibwe: The military improves.
 * Hispania: The Spanish populace hovers around 15.1 million and thanks in large part to the implementation of learned Incan farming methods, and the incorporation of some of the new American staple crops into the Spanish diet. Population growth, however, is becoming increasingly stunted by many Spaniards - even some of noble birth - immigrating to the colonies and other territories overseas. Spain seeing little to no challenge in further expanding into the Western continents leaves them to their own devices and begins a revamp of their government structures to a more commercial society allowing the development of the colonies rather than the further conquest cutting the huge investments they have been getting hoping to see the major returns in investment that's been hoped for. The Parliament does maintain small investments to New Spain, New Granada, and the various Hesperian and Borealian territories. However, with the major shift toward southern Africa, the investments are given to Cape Ferdinand as it has expanded its major colonial city, and its interior territory with little assistance recently. Hispania begins further investments into New Spain and New Granada especially New Granada in order to promote growth of these colonies and settlement of their respective interiors. Colonization of Hawaii continues (5 px). The Privateers are continually hired against the French.
 * ​Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army now consists of 30,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a trade fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The New King (King of Spain) is installed on the throne of Lombardy as his military leadership will be needed in the kingdom and the crown is tied with the Spanish one just as the Italian crown is. With this, he begins a process toward rebuilding the economy and military of the kingdom. The military is a raised force of 25,000 with many of them being pro-Spanish Hispanicized Italians which have been rapidly spreading across Italy. The population of Lombardy is at an estimated two million and counting. The nation's economy is now in a process of integration into the Hispanian economy.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavy under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.5 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 20,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 1000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force. The Tenocha expand by 8000 sq km.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administrates a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand through the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand through the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of New Spain: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 75,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities.  New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy in order to expand the food supply of the large colony expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly 3.9 million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of Cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. The Viceroy of Spain, Alfonso Di Habsburg brother to the Emperor officially creates the Provincial divisions of New Spain in order to facilitate better ruling. The various empty by claimed or sparsely settled territories are split into developmental captaincies until a certain level is acheived in order to bring these territories onto the correct level with the coastal portions of the viceroyalty
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 105,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops. The Cape Ferdinand colony seeing a growth of powerful militaristic colonists expands by 75 px. Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange river settlers begin to mine diamonds.
 * Viceroyalty of New Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming through the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 375,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups however seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. The Philippines officially becomes the hub of the Spanish military in Asia. 2500 troops from the Philippines (most of them Spanish) are deployed to Burma to crush the revolt. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty go underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 3000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo expands its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top of the line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. 2000 troops from Khambhat are deployed to help in Burma
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 120,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Sepoya troops of Shanghai are officially drawn down to about 5000 for the time being with it being split with a Japanese force and a Shanghaian Force of about 2500 apiece both led by Spanish officers and troops. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea company and manages to secure 500 elite Spaniard troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top of the line ships.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1679, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz, Landshut continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Leopold II, aged 49, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Snaphaunce rifles make their introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Rome, and Bohemia. Bavaria has royal ties with Austria, Hamburg, Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, Italy, and Venice. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church. Most adherents live around Munchen and Landshut. In domestic news, King Leopold continues attempting to propagate the Bavarian dialect of German. So far, there has been an uptick of 50% of Bavaro-German secondary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, and uptick of 35% of primary speakers in Swabia. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. A portion of the Bavarian army remains in Greater Saxony, with 5000 remaining in Saxony, and 5000 in Thuringia. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. The 5000 troops in Bohemia are split and diverted to Osterreich and Brandenburg/Pomerania. 2500 arrive in Osterreich, while 1000 and 1500 arrive in Brandenburg and Pomerania, respectively. The King sends financial and food aid to Austria, and announces that the Bavarian crown will pay for 35% of all infrastructural renovations in Austria, Brandenburg, Pomerania. In royal news, the King now has five children: Anna-Sophia (born 1657), Franz-Dominic (born 1659), Karl (born 1661), Katharina (born 1662), and Margaret (born 1663). In economical news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In social and political news, the actions of the Bavarian crown in dealing with Austria, Brandenburg, and Pomerania have become widely known and popular. Several scholars at the Isabell University in Munich have labelled the relief efforts as a Restoration. Soon, many people refer to the massive tax cuts, infrastructural reconstructions, and general aid as Restoriation. When dealing with the south, many in Bavaria label the restoration as Austrian Reconstruction. In military news, Leopold and the Curia Bavaria vote on several army reforms in Bavaria proper. The army reforms commence in 1669, and make very slow progress in modernizing the standing forces, in part by gradually sweeping away feudal levies. The standing army is to be formalized with greater detail than ever before, and several armies, regiments, and compositions are to be created. In political news, Leopold II continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. The next meeting will be held in 1680.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Leopold I, age 49, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Grand Duke Leopold normalizes taxes in an effort to subset any rebellion.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by Leopold continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for King Leopold II.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna begins. The temporary headquarters of the Curia Austria are moved to Forchtenstein Castle. However, many in Bavaria support the movement of a temporary seat to Linz or Passau instead, so its closer to Landshut. Leopold remarks that the situation is fine as is, and no reining in or domineering is necessary. A number of 156 Austrians arrive at Forchtenstein over the year. Most of the laws they pass in 1664 concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separte legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 19, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg.  A daughter is born to Albert and Maria, whom the Margrave names Karolina.
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duke Franz-Ballard, age 39, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Franz-Ballard orders that several repairs commence on the several ports in Pomerania, including heavy repairs on the main ports. This is done to revitalize trade, commerce and transport as soon as possible. Later on, Leopold and Franz-Ballard plan on touring Pomerania in order to make it known that he holds no ill will for any Pomeranian. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Pomerania. Franz-Ballard has two children, Mary (born 1668), and Yvette-Katharine (born 1669). Mary of Pomerania is married to Henry von Hamburg in a matrilineal match, so children would be under the Wittelsbach dynasty. Franz-Ballard, knowing he is unable to produce children, and does not care much for another marriage, declares Mary to be his heir.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, and Berlin. Adalbert Völcher, Edmund von Rot-Pferd, and Markus-Paul Ehrbach are among the most prominent merchants and leaders in the RBSC.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Pearl River after the outpost itself.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are built up.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are built up.